|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15 #include "version.h"
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
|
|
|
18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
|
|
|
19 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 /*
|
|
|
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
|
|
|
23 */
|
|
|
24 int
|
|
|
25 get_indent()
|
|
|
26 {
|
|
|
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
28 }
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 /*
|
|
|
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
|
|
|
32 */
|
|
|
33 int
|
|
|
34 get_indent_lnum(lnum)
|
|
|
35 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
36 {
|
|
|
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
38 }
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
41 /*
|
|
|
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
|
|
|
43 * "buf".
|
|
|
44 */
|
|
|
45 int
|
|
|
46 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
47 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
48 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
49 {
|
|
|
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
51 }
|
|
|
52 #endif
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
54 /*
|
|
|
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
|
|
|
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
|
|
|
57 */
|
|
164
|
58 int
|
|
7
|
59 get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
|
|
|
60 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
61 int ts;
|
|
|
62 {
|
|
|
63 int count = 0;
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
|
|
|
66 {
|
|
|
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
|
|
|
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
|
|
|
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
|
|
|
71 else
|
|
|
72 break;
|
|
|
73 }
|
|
164
|
74 return count;
|
|
7
|
75 }
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 /*
|
|
|
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
|
|
|
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
|
|
|
81 * "flags":
|
|
|
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
|
|
|
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
|
|
|
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
|
|
|
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
86 */
|
|
|
87 int
|
|
|
88 set_indent(size, flags)
|
|
1324
|
89 int size; /* measured in spaces */
|
|
7
|
90 int flags;
|
|
|
91 {
|
|
|
92 char_u *p;
|
|
|
93 char_u *newline;
|
|
|
94 char_u *oldline;
|
|
|
95 char_u *s;
|
|
|
96 int todo;
|
|
1324
|
97 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
|
|
7
|
98 int line_len;
|
|
|
99 int doit = FALSE;
|
|
1324
|
100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
|
|
7
|
101 int tab_pad;
|
|
217
|
102 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
1359
|
103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
|
|
1324
|
104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
|
|
7
|
105
|
|
|
106 /*
|
|
|
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
|
|
|
108 * characters needed for the indent.
|
|
|
109 */
|
|
|
110 todo = size;
|
|
|
111 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
|
|
|
115 * isn't already set */
|
|
|
116
|
|
1324
|
117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
|
|
|
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
|
|
|
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
|
|
|
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
|
|
7
|
121 {
|
|
|
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
125 {
|
|
|
126 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
|
|
|
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
130 {
|
|
|
131 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
132 {
|
|
|
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
137 break;
|
|
|
138 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
139 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
141 }
|
|
|
142 else
|
|
|
143 {
|
|
|
144 --todo;
|
|
|
145 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
146 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
147 }
|
|
|
148 ++p;
|
|
|
149 }
|
|
|
150
|
|
1324
|
151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
|
|
|
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
|
|
|
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
|
|
|
155
|
|
7
|
156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
1359
|
158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
|
|
7
|
159 {
|
|
|
160 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
161 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
162 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
|
|
|
164 }
|
|
|
165 }
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
169 {
|
|
|
170 if (*p != TAB)
|
|
|
171 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
172 else
|
|
|
173 ++p;
|
|
|
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
175 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
|
|
|
177 }
|
|
|
178 }
|
|
|
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
180 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
181 {
|
|
|
182 if (*p != ' ')
|
|
|
183 doit = TRUE;
|
|
|
184 else
|
|
|
185 ++p;
|
|
|
186 --todo;
|
|
|
187 ++ind_len;
|
|
|
188 /* ++ind_done; */
|
|
|
189 }
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
|
|
|
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
|
|
|
193 return FALSE;
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
|
|
|
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
|
|
|
197 p = oldline;
|
|
|
198 else
|
|
|
199 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
|
|
1324
|
201
|
|
|
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
|
|
|
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
|
|
|
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
|
|
1359
|
205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
|
|
1324
|
206 {
|
|
|
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
|
|
|
208 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
209 return FALSE;
|
|
1359
|
210 todo = size - ind_done;
|
|
|
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
|
|
|
212 * characters, which may have been
|
|
|
213 * undercounted until now */
|
|
1324
|
214 p = oldline;
|
|
|
215 s = newline;
|
|
|
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
|
|
|
217 {
|
|
|
218 *s++ = *p++;
|
|
|
219 orig_char_len--;
|
|
|
220 }
|
|
1474
|
221
|
|
1324
|
222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
|
|
|
223 * than old) */
|
|
|
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
1474
|
225 ++p;
|
|
1348
|
226
|
|
1324
|
227 }
|
|
|
228 else
|
|
|
229 {
|
|
|
230 todo = size;
|
|
|
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
232 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
233 return FALSE;
|
|
|
234 s = newline;
|
|
|
235 }
|
|
7
|
236
|
|
|
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
|
|
|
238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
|
|
|
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
|
|
|
240 {
|
|
|
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
|
|
|
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
|
|
|
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
|
|
|
244 {
|
|
|
245 p = oldline;
|
|
|
246 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
249 {
|
|
|
250 if (*p == TAB)
|
|
|
251 {
|
|
|
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
256 break;
|
|
|
257 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
259 }
|
|
|
260 else
|
|
|
261 {
|
|
|
262 --todo;
|
|
|
263 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
264 }
|
|
|
265 *s++ = *p++;
|
|
|
266 }
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
271 {
|
|
|
272 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
273 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
274 }
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
277 }
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 *s++ = TAB;
|
|
|
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
283 }
|
|
|
284 }
|
|
|
285 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
286 {
|
|
|
287 *s++ = ' ';
|
|
|
288 --todo;
|
|
|
289 }
|
|
|
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
|
|
|
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
|
|
|
294 {
|
|
|
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
|
|
|
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
|
|
|
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
|
|
835
|
301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
|
|
217
|
302 retval = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
303 }
|
|
|
304 else
|
|
|
305 vim_free(newline);
|
|
|
306
|
|
|
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
217
|
308 return retval;
|
|
7
|
309 }
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
311 /*
|
|
|
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
|
|
|
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
|
|
|
315 */
|
|
|
316 static int
|
|
|
317 copy_indent(size, src)
|
|
|
318 int size;
|
|
|
319 char_u *src;
|
|
|
320 {
|
|
|
321 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
322 char_u *line = NULL;
|
|
|
323 char_u *s;
|
|
|
324 int todo;
|
|
|
325 int ind_len;
|
|
|
326 int line_len = 0;
|
|
|
327 int tab_pad;
|
|
|
328 int ind_done;
|
|
|
329 int round;
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
|
|
|
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
|
|
|
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
334 {
|
|
|
335 todo = size;
|
|
|
336 ind_len = 0;
|
|
|
337 ind_done = 0;
|
|
|
338 s = src;
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
|
|
|
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
|
|
|
342 {
|
|
|
343 if (*s == TAB)
|
|
|
344 {
|
|
|
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
|
|
|
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
|
|
|
349 break;
|
|
|
350 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
|
|
|
352 }
|
|
|
353 else
|
|
|
354 {
|
|
|
355 --todo;
|
|
|
356 ++ind_done;
|
|
|
357 }
|
|
|
358 ++ind_len;
|
|
840
|
359 if (p != NULL)
|
|
7
|
360 *p++ = *s;
|
|
|
361 ++s;
|
|
|
362 }
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
|
|
|
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
|
|
|
367 {
|
|
|
368 todo -= tab_pad;
|
|
|
369 ++ind_len;
|
|
840
|
370 if (p != NULL)
|
|
7
|
371 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
372 }
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
|
|
|
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
|
|
|
376 {
|
|
|
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
378 ++ind_len;
|
|
840
|
379 if (p != NULL)
|
|
7
|
380 *p++ = TAB;
|
|
|
381 }
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
|
|
|
384 while (todo > 0)
|
|
|
385 {
|
|
|
386 --todo;
|
|
|
387 ++ind_len;
|
|
840
|
388 if (p != NULL)
|
|
7
|
389 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
390 }
|
|
|
391
|
|
840
|
392 if (p == NULL)
|
|
7
|
393 {
|
|
|
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
|
|
|
395 * and the rest of the line. */
|
|
|
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
|
|
|
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
|
|
|
398 if (line == NULL)
|
|
|
399 return FALSE;
|
|
|
400 p = line;
|
|
|
401 }
|
|
|
402 }
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
404 /* Append the original line */
|
|
|
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 /* Replace the line */
|
|
|
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
|
|
|
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
|
|
|
412 return TRUE;
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 /*
|
|
|
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
|
|
|
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
|
|
41
|
418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
|
|
7
|
419 */
|
|
|
420 int
|
|
|
421 get_number_indent(lnum)
|
|
|
422 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
423 {
|
|
|
424 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
425 pos_T pos;
|
|
41
|
426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
7
|
427
|
|
|
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
429 return -1;
|
|
41
|
430 pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
|
|
|
433 {
|
|
|
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
410
|
435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
|
|
1521
|
436 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
|
|
|
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
|
|
41
|
438 {
|
|
|
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
|
|
|
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
441 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
442 pos.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
443 #endif
|
|
|
444 }
|
|
|
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
446 }
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
|
|
7
|
449 return -1;
|
|
|
450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
451 return (int)col;
|
|
|
452 }
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 /*
|
|
|
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
460 */
|
|
|
461 static int
|
|
|
462 cin_is_cinword(line)
|
|
|
463 char_u *line;
|
|
|
464 {
|
|
|
465 char_u *cinw;
|
|
|
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
|
|
|
467 int cinw_len;
|
|
|
468 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
469 int len;
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
|
|
|
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
|
|
|
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
|
|
|
474 {
|
|
|
475 line = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
|
|
|
477 {
|
|
|
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
|
|
|
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
|
|
|
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
|
|
|
481 {
|
|
|
482 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
483 break;
|
|
|
484 }
|
|
|
485 }
|
|
|
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
|
|
|
487 }
|
|
|
488 return retval;
|
|
|
489 }
|
|
|
490 #endif
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 /*
|
|
|
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
|
|
|
494 *
|
|
|
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
|
|
|
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
|
|
|
497 *
|
|
|
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
|
|
|
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
|
|
|
500 * new line.
|
|
|
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
|
|
|
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
|
|
|
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
|
|
|
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
|
|
|
505 *
|
|
|
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
|
|
|
507 */
|
|
|
508 int
|
|
|
509 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
|
|
|
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
|
|
|
511 int flags;
|
|
|
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
|
|
|
513 {
|
|
|
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
|
|
|
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
|
|
|
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
|
|
|
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
|
|
|
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
|
|
|
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
|
|
|
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
|
|
|
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
|
|
|
522 int n;
|
|
|
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
|
|
|
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
|
|
|
525 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
|
|
|
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
|
|
|
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
|
|
|
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
|
|
|
530 #endif
|
|
|
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
|
|
|
532 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
|
|
|
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
534 char_u *p;
|
|
|
535 #endif
|
|
|
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
537 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
|
|
|
538 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
539 #endif
|
|
|
540 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
|
|
|
542 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
544 # endif
|
|
|
545 );
|
|
|
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
|
|
|
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
548 #endif
|
|
|
549 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
550 int vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
551 #endif
|
|
|
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
|
|
|
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 /*
|
|
|
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
|
|
|
557 */
|
|
|
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
560 return FALSE;
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
562 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
564 {
|
|
|
565 /*
|
|
|
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
|
|
|
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
|
|
|
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
|
|
|
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
|
|
|
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
|
|
|
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
|
|
|
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
|
|
|
573 */
|
|
|
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
|
|
|
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
|
|
|
576 else
|
|
|
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
579 goto theend;
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 /*
|
|
|
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
|
|
|
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
|
|
|
586 * etc) a bit later.
|
|
|
587 */
|
|
|
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
|
|
|
589 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
591 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
1470
|
592 {
|
|
|
593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
594 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
|
|
|
596 else
|
|
|
597 #endif
|
|
|
598 replace_push(*p++);
|
|
|
599 }
|
|
7
|
600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
601 }
|
|
|
602 #endif
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
605 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
607 #endif
|
|
|
608 )
|
|
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
611 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
|
|
|
613 {
|
|
|
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
|
|
|
615 first_char = *p;
|
|
|
616 }
|
|
|
617 #endif
|
|
|
618 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
|
|
|
620 #endif
|
|
|
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
|
|
|
622 *p_extra = NUL;
|
|
|
623 }
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
|
|
|
626 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
627 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
628 #endif
|
|
|
629 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 /*
|
|
|
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
|
|
|
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
|
|
|
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
|
|
|
635 */
|
|
|
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
|
|
|
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 /*
|
|
|
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
|
|
|
641 * indent to use for the new line.
|
|
|
642 */
|
|
|
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
644 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
645 || do_si
|
|
|
646 #endif
|
|
|
647 )
|
|
|
648 {
|
|
|
649 /*
|
|
|
650 * count white space on current line
|
|
|
651 */
|
|
|
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
653 if (newindent == 0)
|
|
|
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
656 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
657 /*
|
|
|
658 * Do smart indenting.
|
|
|
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
|
|
|
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
|
|
|
662 * "if (condition) {"
|
|
|
663 */
|
|
|
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
|
|
|
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
|
|
|
666 {
|
|
|
667 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
668 char_u last_char;
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
671 ptr = saved_line;
|
|
|
672 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
675 else
|
|
|
676 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
677 # endif
|
|
|
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
679 {
|
|
|
680 /*
|
|
|
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
682 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
683 */
|
|
|
684 if (
|
|
|
685 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
686 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
687 # endif
|
|
|
688 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
689 {
|
|
|
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
692 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
693 }
|
|
|
694 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
697 else
|
|
|
698 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
699 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
700 {
|
|
|
701 /*
|
|
|
702 * This case gets the following right:
|
|
|
703 * \*
|
|
|
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
|
|
|
705 * *\
|
|
|
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
|
|
|
707 * This should line up here;
|
|
|
708 */
|
|
|
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
711 p++;
|
|
|
712 if (p[0] == '*')
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
|
|
|
715 {
|
|
|
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
|
|
|
717 {
|
|
|
718 /*
|
|
|
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
|
|
|
720 * with the line containing the start of
|
|
|
721 * the comment
|
|
|
722 */
|
|
|
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
725 {
|
|
|
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
727 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
728 }
|
|
|
729 }
|
|
|
730 }
|
|
|
731 }
|
|
|
732 }
|
|
|
733 else /* Not a comment line */
|
|
|
734 # endif
|
|
|
735 {
|
|
|
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
|
|
|
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
|
|
|
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
739 --p;
|
|
|
740 last_char = *p;
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
742 /*
|
|
|
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
|
|
|
744 */
|
|
|
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
|
|
|
746 {
|
|
|
747 if (p > ptr)
|
|
|
748 --p;
|
|
|
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
750 --p;
|
|
|
751 }
|
|
|
752 /*
|
|
|
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
|
|
|
754 * lines. eg:
|
|
|
755 * if (condition &&
|
|
|
756 * condition) {
|
|
|
757 * Should line up here!
|
|
|
758 * }
|
|
|
759 */
|
|
|
760 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
761 {
|
|
|
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
|
|
|
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
764 {
|
|
|
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
766 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
768 }
|
|
|
769 }
|
|
|
770 /*
|
|
|
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
|
|
|
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
|
|
|
773 */
|
|
|
774 if (last_char == '{')
|
|
|
775 {
|
|
|
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
|
|
|
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
|
|
|
778 }
|
|
|
779 /*
|
|
|
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
|
|
|
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
|
|
|
782 * '}'.
|
|
|
783 */
|
|
|
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
|
|
|
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
|
|
|
786 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
787 }
|
|
|
788 }
|
|
|
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
|
|
|
790 {
|
|
|
791 /*
|
|
|
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
|
|
|
793 * recognised as comments.
|
|
|
794 */
|
|
|
795 if (
|
|
|
796 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
797 lead_len == 0 &&
|
|
|
798 # endif
|
|
|
799 ptr[0] == '#')
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
|
|
|
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
805 {
|
|
|
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
|
|
|
808 else
|
|
|
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
|
|
|
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
811 }
|
|
|
812 if (was_backslashed)
|
|
|
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
|
|
|
814 else
|
|
|
815 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
816 }
|
|
|
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
|
|
|
819 did_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
|
|
|
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
|
|
|
822 }
|
|
|
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
824 }
|
|
|
825 if (do_si)
|
|
|
826 can_si = TRUE;
|
|
|
827 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
|
|
|
828
|
|
|
829 did_ai = TRUE;
|
|
|
830 }
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
832 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
833 /*
|
|
|
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
|
|
|
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
|
|
|
836 */
|
|
|
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
|
|
|
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
|
|
|
840 else
|
|
|
841 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
842 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
843 {
|
|
|
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
|
|
|
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
|
|
|
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
|
|
|
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
|
|
|
850 int current_flag;
|
|
|
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
|
|
|
852 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
853
|
|
|
854 /*
|
|
|
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
|
|
|
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
|
|
|
857 */
|
|
|
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
859 {
|
|
|
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
861 {
|
|
|
862 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
863 continue;
|
|
|
864 }
|
|
|
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
866 {
|
|
|
867 current_flag = *p;
|
|
|
868 if (*p == COM_START)
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 /*
|
|
|
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
872 */
|
|
|
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
874 {
|
|
|
875 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
876 break;
|
|
|
877 }
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 /* find start of middle part */
|
|
|
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
881 require_blank = FALSE;
|
|
|
882 }
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
884 /*
|
|
|
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
|
|
|
886 */
|
|
|
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
888 {
|
|
|
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
|
|
|
890 require_blank = TRUE;
|
|
|
891 ++p;
|
|
|
892 }
|
|
|
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
896 {
|
|
|
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
900 ++p;
|
|
|
901 }
|
|
|
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
|
|
|
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 /*
|
|
|
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
|
|
|
909 * the comment leader.
|
|
|
910 */
|
|
|
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
912 {
|
|
|
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
|
|
|
915 {
|
|
|
916 comment_end = p;
|
|
|
917 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
918 break;
|
|
|
919 }
|
|
|
920 }
|
|
|
921
|
|
|
922 /*
|
|
|
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
924 */
|
|
|
925 if (lead_len > 0)
|
|
|
926 {
|
|
|
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
|
|
|
928 {
|
|
|
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
|
|
|
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
931 }
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
933 /*
|
|
|
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
|
|
|
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
|
|
|
936 * comment leader on the next line.
|
|
|
937 */
|
|
|
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
|
|
|
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
|
|
|
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
|
|
|
941 || (p_extra == NULL
|
|
|
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
|
|
|
943 || require_blank))
|
|
|
944 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
945 }
|
|
|
946 break;
|
|
|
947 }
|
|
|
948 if (*p == COM_END)
|
|
|
949 {
|
|
|
950 /*
|
|
|
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
|
|
|
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
|
|
|
953 * start (for C-comments).
|
|
|
954 */
|
|
|
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
956 {
|
|
|
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
|
|
|
958 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
959 break;
|
|
|
960 }
|
|
|
961
|
|
|
962 /*
|
|
|
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
|
|
|
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
|
|
|
965 */
|
|
|
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
|
|
|
967 --p;
|
|
|
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
|
|
|
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
|
|
|
970 ;
|
|
|
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
|
|
|
974 * the comment-end */
|
|
|
975 extra_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
976
|
|
|
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
|
|
|
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
|
|
|
979 {
|
|
|
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
|
|
|
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
|
|
|
982 }
|
|
|
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
|
|
|
984 {
|
|
|
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
|
|
|
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
|
|
|
987 p2++;
|
|
|
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
|
|
|
989 }
|
|
|
990 break;
|
|
|
991 }
|
|
|
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
|
|
|
993 {
|
|
|
994 /*
|
|
|
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
|
|
|
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
|
|
|
997 */
|
|
|
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
999 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
1000 else
|
|
|
1001 {
|
|
|
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
|
|
|
1004 }
|
|
|
1005 break;
|
|
|
1006 }
|
|
|
1007 }
|
|
|
1008 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
1009 {
|
|
|
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
|
|
|
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
|
|
|
1012 extra_len + 1);
|
|
|
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 if (leader == NULL)
|
|
|
1016 lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
1017 else
|
|
|
1018 {
|
|
419
|
1019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
|
|
7
|
1020
|
|
|
1021 /*
|
|
|
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
|
|
|
1023 */
|
|
|
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
|
|
|
1025 {
|
|
|
1026 int c = 0;
|
|
|
1027 int off = 0;
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
|
|
|
1030 {
|
|
|
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
|
|
|
1032 c = *p;
|
|
|
1033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
1035 }
|
|
|
1036 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
|
|
|
1037 {
|
|
|
1038 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
|
|
|
1039 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
|
|
|
1040 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
|
|
|
1041 ;
|
|
|
1042 ++p;
|
|
17
|
1043
|
|
|
1044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1045 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1046 * screen characters, not bytes. */
|
|
|
1047 {
|
|
|
1048 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1049 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1050 int old_size = 0;
|
|
|
1051 char_u *endp = p;
|
|
|
1052 int l;
|
|
|
1053
|
|
|
1054 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
|
|
|
1055 {
|
|
39
|
1056 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
|
|
17
|
1057 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
835
|
1059 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
|
|
17
|
1060 if (l != 0)
|
|
|
1061 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
|
|
|
1062 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
|
|
|
1063 lead_len += l;
|
|
|
1064 }
|
|
|
1065 #else
|
|
7
|
1066 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1067 p = leader;
|
|
|
1068 else
|
|
|
1069 p -= lead_repl_len;
|
|
17
|
1070 #endif
|
|
7
|
1071 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1072 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
|
|
|
1073 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
|
|
|
1076 while (--p >= leader)
|
|
17
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1079 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1082 {
|
|
|
1083 p -= l;
|
|
|
1084 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1085 {
|
|
|
1086 p[1] = ' ';
|
|
|
1087 --l;
|
|
|
1088 }
|
|
|
1089 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
|
|
|
1090 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
|
|
|
1091 lead_len -= l;
|
|
|
1092 *p = ' ';
|
|
|
1093 }
|
|
|
1094 else
|
|
|
1095 #endif
|
|
7
|
1096 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1097 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1098 }
|
|
7
|
1099 }
|
|
|
1100 else /* left adjusted leader */
|
|
|
1101 {
|
|
|
1102 p = skipwhite(leader);
|
|
17
|
1103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1104 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
|
|
|
1105 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
|
|
|
1106 * not to be overwritten. */
|
|
|
1107 {
|
|
|
1108 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
|
|
|
1109 lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1110 int i;
|
|
|
1111 int l;
|
|
|
1112
|
|
|
1113 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
|
|
|
1114 {
|
|
474
|
1115 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
|
|
17
|
1116 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
|
|
|
1117 break;
|
|
|
1118 }
|
|
|
1119 if (i != lead_repl_len)
|
|
|
1120 {
|
|
|
1121 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
|
|
|
1122 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (leader - p)));
|
|
|
1123 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
|
|
|
1124 }
|
|
|
1125 }
|
|
|
1126 #endif
|
|
7
|
1127 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
|
|
|
1130 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
|
|
|
1131 * remain the same. */
|
|
|
1132 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
|
|
|
1133 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
|
|
|
1134 {
|
|
|
1135 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
|
|
|
1136 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
|
|
|
1137 {
|
|
|
1138 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1139 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
|
|
|
1140 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1141 }
|
|
|
1142 else
|
|
17
|
1143 {
|
|
|
1144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1145 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
17
|
1146
|
|
|
1147 if (l > 1)
|
|
|
1148 {
|
|
|
1149 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
|
|
|
1150 {
|
|
|
1151 /* Replace a double-wide char with
|
|
|
1152 * two spaces */
|
|
|
1153 --l;
|
|
|
1154 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1155 }
|
|
|
1156 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
|
|
|
1157 (leader + lead_len) - p);
|
|
|
1158 lead_len -= l - 1;
|
|
|
1159 }
|
|
|
1160 #endif
|
|
7
|
1161 *p = ' ';
|
|
17
|
1162 }
|
|
7
|
1163 }
|
|
|
1164 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
1165 }
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
1167 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
|
|
|
1168 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1169 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1170 || do_si
|
|
|
1171 #endif
|
|
|
1172 )
|
|
|
1173 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 /* Add the indent offset */
|
|
|
1176 if (newindent + off < 0)
|
|
|
1177 {
|
|
|
1178 off = -newindent;
|
|
|
1179 newindent = 0;
|
|
|
1180 }
|
|
|
1181 else
|
|
|
1182 newindent += off;
|
|
|
1183
|
|
|
1184 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
|
|
|
1185 * alignment remains equal. */
|
|
|
1186 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
|
|
|
1187 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
1188 {
|
|
|
1189 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
|
|
|
1190 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
|
|
|
1191 break;
|
|
|
1192 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1193 --off;
|
|
|
1194 }
|
|
|
1195
|
|
|
1196 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
|
|
|
1197 * extra space */
|
|
|
1198 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
|
|
|
1199 extra_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1200 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1201 }
|
|
|
1202
|
|
|
1203 if (extra_space)
|
|
|
1204 {
|
|
|
1205 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
1206 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1207 }
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 newcol = lead_len;
|
|
|
1210
|
|
|
1211 /*
|
|
|
1212 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
|
|
|
1213 * is in the comment leader
|
|
|
1214 */
|
|
|
1215 if (newindent
|
|
|
1216 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1217 || did_si
|
|
|
1218 #endif
|
|
|
1219 )
|
|
|
1220 {
|
|
|
1221 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
|
|
|
1222 {
|
|
|
1223 --lead_len;
|
|
|
1224 --newcol;
|
|
|
1225 ++leader;
|
|
|
1226 }
|
|
|
1227 }
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1231 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1232 #endif
|
|
|
1233 }
|
|
|
1234 else if (comment_end != NULL)
|
|
|
1235 {
|
|
|
1236 /*
|
|
|
1237 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
|
|
|
1238 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
|
|
|
1239 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
|
|
|
1240 * comment.
|
|
|
1241 */
|
|
|
1242 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
|
|
|
1243 (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
1244 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1245 || do_si
|
|
|
1246 #endif
|
|
|
1247 ))
|
|
|
1248 {
|
|
|
1249 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1250 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
|
|
|
1251 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1252 {
|
|
|
1253 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
1254 newindent = get_indent();
|
|
|
1255 }
|
|
|
1256 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1257 }
|
|
|
1258 }
|
|
|
1259 }
|
|
|
1260 #endif
|
|
|
1261
|
|
|
1262 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
|
|
|
1263 if (p_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
1264 {
|
|
|
1265 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 /*
|
|
|
1268 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
|
|
|
1269 * non-blank.
|
|
|
1270 *
|
|
|
1271 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
|
|
|
1272 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
|
|
|
1273 */
|
|
|
1274 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1275 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
|
|
|
1276 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
|
|
|
1277 {
|
|
|
1278 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
|
|
|
1279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1280 && (!enc_utf8
|
|
|
1281 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
|
|
|
1282 #endif
|
|
|
1283 )
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
|
1285 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1286 replace_push(*p_extra);
|
|
|
1287 ++p_extra;
|
|
|
1288 ++less_cols_off;
|
|
|
1289 }
|
|
|
1290 }
|
|
|
1291 if (*p_extra != NUL)
|
|
|
1292 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
|
|
|
1295 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
|
|
|
1296 }
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1299 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1302 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
|
|
|
1303 if (lead_len)
|
|
|
1304 {
|
|
|
1305 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
|
|
|
1306 p_extra = leader;
|
|
|
1307 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
|
|
|
1308 less_cols -= lead_len;
|
|
|
1309 }
|
|
|
1310 else
|
|
|
1311 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
|
|
|
1312 #endif
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1315 if (dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
1316 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1317 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1318 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
|
|
|
1319 #endif
|
|
|
1320 {
|
|
|
1321 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
|
|
|
1322 == FAIL)
|
|
|
1323 goto theend;
|
|
|
1324 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
|
|
|
1325 * with markers. */
|
|
|
1326 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
|
|
|
1327 did_append = TRUE;
|
|
|
1328 }
|
|
|
1329 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1330 else
|
|
|
1331 {
|
|
|
1332 /*
|
|
|
1333 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
|
|
|
1334 */
|
|
|
1335 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
|
|
|
1336 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
|
|
|
1337 {
|
|
|
1338 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
|
|
|
1339 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
|
|
|
1340 */
|
|
|
1341 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
|
|
|
1342 vr_lines_changed++;
|
|
|
1343 }
|
|
|
1344 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
|
|
|
1345 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
|
|
|
1346 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
1347 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1348 }
|
|
|
1349 #endif
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 if (newindent
|
|
|
1352 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1353 || did_si
|
|
|
1354 #endif
|
|
|
1355 )
|
|
|
1356 {
|
|
|
1357 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1358 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1359 if (did_si)
|
|
|
1360 {
|
|
|
1361 if (p_sr)
|
|
|
1362 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1363 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
1364 }
|
|
|
1365 #endif
|
|
1324
|
1366 /* Copy the indent */
|
|
|
1367 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
|
|
7
|
1368 {
|
|
|
1369 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
|
|
|
1370
|
|
|
1371 /*
|
|
|
1372 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
|
|
|
1373 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
|
|
|
1374 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
|
|
|
1375 */
|
|
|
1376 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
|
|
|
1377 }
|
|
|
1378 else
|
|
|
1379 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
|
|
|
1380 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 /*
|
|
|
1385 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
|
|
|
1386 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
|
|
|
1387 */
|
|
|
1388 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1389 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
|
|
|
1390 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1391 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1392 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1393 if (no_si)
|
|
|
1394 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
1395 #endif
|
|
|
1396 }
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1399 /*
|
|
|
1400 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
|
|
|
1401 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
|
|
|
1402 */
|
|
|
1403 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
|
|
|
1404 while (lead_len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1405 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1406 #endif
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
1411 {
|
|
|
1412 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1413 {
|
|
|
1414 /* truncate current line at cursor */
|
|
|
1415 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1416 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
|
|
|
1417 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
|
|
|
1418 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
|
|
|
1419 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1420 saved_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1421 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1422 {
|
|
|
1423 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
1424 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
|
|
|
1425 did_append = FALSE;
|
|
|
1426
|
|
|
1427 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
|
|
|
1428 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
|
|
|
1429 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
1430 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
|
|
|
1431 1L, (long)-less_cols);
|
|
|
1432 }
|
|
|
1433 else
|
|
|
1434 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436
|
|
|
1437 /*
|
|
|
1438 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
|
|
|
1439 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
|
|
|
1440 */
|
|
|
1441 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
|
|
|
1442 }
|
|
|
1443 if (did_append)
|
|
|
1444 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
|
|
|
1447 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1448 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1449 #endif
|
|
|
1450
|
|
|
1451 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1452 /*
|
|
|
1453 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
|
|
|
1454 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
|
|
|
1455 * normal INSERT mode.
|
|
|
1456 */
|
|
|
1457 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1458 {
|
|
|
1459 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
|
|
|
1460 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1461 }
|
|
|
1462 else
|
|
|
1463 vreplace_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1464 #endif
|
|
|
1465 #ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
1466 /*
|
|
|
1467 * May do lisp indenting.
|
|
|
1468 */
|
|
|
1469 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1470 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
1471 && leader == NULL
|
|
|
1472 # endif
|
|
|
1473 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
|
|
|
1474 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
1475 {
|
|
|
1476 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
1477 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1478 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480 #endif
|
|
|
1481 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1482 /*
|
|
|
1483 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
|
|
|
1484 */
|
|
|
1485 if (!p_paste
|
|
|
1486 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
1487 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1488 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
1489 # endif
|
|
|
1490 )
|
|
|
1491 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
|
|
|
1492 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
1493 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
|
|
|
1494 {
|
|
|
1495 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1496 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1497 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
|
|
|
1498 }
|
|
|
1499 #endif
|
|
|
1500 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
|
|
|
1501 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
|
|
|
1502 State = vreplace_mode;
|
|
|
1503 #endif
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1506 /*
|
|
|
1507 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
|
|
|
1508 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
|
|
|
1509 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
|
|
|
1510 */
|
|
|
1511 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1512 {
|
|
|
1513 /* Put new line in p_extra */
|
|
|
1514 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1515 if (p_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
1516 goto theend;
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1519 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1522 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1523 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1524 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
1525 #endif
|
|
|
1526 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
|
|
|
1527 vim_free(p_extra);
|
|
|
1528 next_line = NULL;
|
|
|
1529 }
|
|
|
1530 #endif
|
|
|
1531
|
|
|
1532 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
|
|
|
1533 theend:
|
|
|
1534 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
|
|
|
1535 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
1536 vim_free(next_line);
|
|
|
1537 vim_free(allocated);
|
|
|
1538 return retval;
|
|
|
1539 }
|
|
|
1540
|
|
|
1541 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1542 /*
|
|
|
1543 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
|
|
|
1544 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
|
|
|
1545 * returned.
|
|
|
1546 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
|
|
|
1547 * comment leader.
|
|
|
1548 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
|
|
|
1549 */
|
|
|
1550 int
|
|
|
1551 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
|
|
|
1552 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1553 char_u **flags;
|
|
|
1554 int backward;
|
|
|
1555 {
|
|
|
1556 int i, j;
|
|
|
1557 int got_com = FALSE;
|
|
|
1558 int found_one;
|
|
|
1559 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
|
|
|
1560 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
|
|
|
1561 char_u *list;
|
|
|
1562
|
|
|
1563 i = 0;
|
|
|
1564 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
|
|
|
1565 ++i;
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 /*
|
|
|
1568 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
|
|
|
1569 */
|
|
|
1570 while (line[i])
|
|
|
1571 {
|
|
|
1572 /*
|
|
|
1573 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
|
|
|
1574 */
|
|
|
1575 found_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
1576 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
|
|
|
1577 {
|
|
|
1578 /*
|
|
|
1579 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
|
|
|
1580 * put string at start of string.
|
|
|
1581 */
|
|
|
1582 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
|
|
|
1583 *flags = list;
|
|
|
1584 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
1585 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
|
|
|
1586 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
|
|
|
1587 continue;
|
|
|
1588 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
|
|
|
1589
|
|
|
1590 /*
|
|
|
1591 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
|
|
|
1592 * nested comments.
|
|
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1595 continue;
|
|
|
1596
|
|
|
1597 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
|
|
|
1598 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
|
|
|
1599 continue;
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 /*
|
|
|
1602 * Line contents and string must match.
|
|
|
1603 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
|
|
|
1604 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
|
|
|
1605 * TABs and spaces).
|
|
|
1606 */
|
|
|
1607 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1608 {
|
|
|
1609 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
|
|
|
1610 continue;
|
|
|
1611 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
|
|
|
1612 ++string;
|
|
|
1613 }
|
|
|
1614 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
|
|
|
1615 ;
|
|
|
1616 if (string[j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1617 continue;
|
|
|
1618
|
|
|
1619 /*
|
|
|
1620 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
|
|
|
1621 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
|
|
|
1622 */
|
|
|
1623 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
|
|
|
1624 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
|
|
|
1625 continue;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 /*
|
|
|
1628 * We have found a match, stop searching.
|
|
|
1629 */
|
|
|
1630 i += j;
|
|
|
1631 got_com = TRUE;
|
|
|
1632 found_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
1633 break;
|
|
|
1634 }
|
|
|
1635
|
|
|
1636 /*
|
|
|
1637 * No match found, stop scanning.
|
|
|
1638 */
|
|
|
1639 if (!found_one)
|
|
|
1640 break;
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 /*
|
|
|
1643 * Include any trailing white space.
|
|
|
1644 */
|
|
|
1645 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
1646 ++i;
|
|
|
1647
|
|
|
1648 /*
|
|
|
1649 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
|
|
|
1650 */
|
|
|
1651 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
|
|
|
1652 break;
|
|
|
1653 }
|
|
|
1654 return (got_com ? i : 0);
|
|
|
1655 }
|
|
|
1656 #endif
|
|
|
1657
|
|
|
1658 /*
|
|
|
1659 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
|
|
|
1660 */
|
|
|
1661 int
|
|
|
1662 plines(lnum)
|
|
|
1663 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1664 {
|
|
|
1665 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1666 }
|
|
|
1667
|
|
|
1668 int
|
|
|
1669 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1670 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1671 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1672 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1673 {
|
|
|
1674 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1675 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1676 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1677 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1678 }
|
|
|
1679
|
|
|
1680 int
|
|
|
1681 plines_nofill(lnum)
|
|
|
1682 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1683 {
|
|
|
1684 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
1685 }
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 int
|
|
|
1688 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
|
|
|
1689 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1690 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1691 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
|
|
|
1692 {
|
|
|
1693 #endif
|
|
|
1694 int lines;
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1697 return 1;
|
|
|
1698
|
|
|
1699 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1700 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1701 return 1;
|
|
|
1702 #endif
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1705 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
|
|
|
1706 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
|
|
|
1707 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
|
|
|
1708 return 1;
|
|
|
1709 #endif
|
|
|
1710
|
|
|
1711 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1712 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
|
|
|
1713 return (int)wp->w_height;
|
|
|
1714 return lines;
|
|
|
1715 }
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 /*
|
|
|
1718 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
|
|
|
1719 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
|
|
|
1720 */
|
|
|
1721 int
|
|
|
1722 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
1723 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1724 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1725 {
|
|
|
1726 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1727 long col;
|
|
|
1728 int width;
|
|
|
1729
|
|
|
1730 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1731 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
|
|
|
1732 return 1;
|
|
|
1733 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
1734
|
|
|
1735 /*
|
|
|
1736 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
|
|
|
1737 * extra column.
|
|
|
1738 */
|
|
|
1739 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
|
|
|
1740 col += 1;
|
|
|
1741
|
|
|
1742 /*
|
|
|
1743 * Add column offset for 'number' and 'foldcolumn'.
|
|
|
1744 */
|
|
|
1745 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
|
1746 if (width <= 0)
|
|
|
1747 return 32000;
|
|
|
1748 if (col <= width)
|
|
|
1749 return 1;
|
|
|
1750 col -= width;
|
|
|
1751 width += win_col_off2(wp);
|
|
|
1752 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
|
|
|
1753 }
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 /*
|
|
|
1756 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
|
|
|
1757 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
|
|
|
1758 */
|
|
|
1759 int
|
|
|
1760 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
|
|
|
1761 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1762 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1763 long column;
|
|
|
1764 {
|
|
|
1765 long col;
|
|
|
1766 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1767 int lines = 0;
|
|
|
1768 int width;
|
|
|
1769
|
|
|
1770 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1771 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
|
|
|
1772 * is one line anyway. */
|
|
|
1773 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
1774 #endif
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
|
|
|
1777 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
1780 if (wp->w_width == 0)
|
|
|
1781 return lines + 1;
|
|
|
1782 #endif
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1785
|
|
|
1786 col = 0;
|
|
|
1787 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
|
|
|
1788 {
|
|
|
1789 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
|
|
39
|
1790 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1791 }
|
|
|
1792
|
|
|
1793 /*
|
|
|
1794 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
|
|
|
1795 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
|
|
|
1796 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
|
|
|
1797 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
|
|
|
1798 * 'ts') -- webb.
|
|
|
1799 */
|
|
|
1800 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
|
|
|
1801 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 /*
|
|
|
1804 * Add column offset for 'number', 'foldcolumn', etc.
|
|
|
1805 */
|
|
|
1806 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
|
|
1023
|
1807 if (width <= 0)
|
|
|
1808 return 9999;
|
|
|
1809
|
|
|
1810 lines += 1;
|
|
|
1811 if (col > width)
|
|
|
1812 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
|
|
|
1813 return lines;
|
|
7
|
1814 }
|
|
|
1815
|
|
|
1816 int
|
|
|
1817 plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
|
|
|
1818 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1819 linenr_T first, last;
|
|
|
1820 {
|
|
|
1821 int count = 0;
|
|
|
1822
|
|
|
1823 while (first <= last)
|
|
|
1824 {
|
|
|
1825 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1826 int x;
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
|
|
|
1829 * that are maybe folded. */
|
|
|
1830 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
|
|
|
1831 if (x > 0)
|
|
|
1832 {
|
|
|
1833 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
|
|
|
1834 first += x;
|
|
|
1835 }
|
|
|
1836 else
|
|
|
1837 #endif
|
|
|
1838 {
|
|
|
1839 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
1840 if (first == wp->w_topline)
|
|
|
1841 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
|
|
|
1842 else
|
|
|
1843 #endif
|
|
|
1844 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
|
|
|
1845 ++first;
|
|
|
1846 }
|
|
|
1847 }
|
|
|
1848 return (count);
|
|
|
1849 }
|
|
|
1850
|
|
|
1851 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1852 /*
|
|
|
1853 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1854 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1855 */
|
|
|
1856 void
|
|
|
1857 ins_bytes(p)
|
|
|
1858 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
|
|
|
1861 }
|
|
|
1862 #endif
|
|
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1865 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1866 /*
|
|
|
1867 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1868 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1869 */
|
|
|
1870 void
|
|
|
1871 ins_bytes_len(p, len)
|
|
|
1872 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1873 int len;
|
|
|
1874 {
|
|
|
1875 int i;
|
|
|
1876 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1877 int n;
|
|
|
1878
|
|
1617
|
1879 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1880 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
|
|
|
1881 {
|
|
|
1882 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
1883 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
|
|
|
1884 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
|
|
|
1885 else
|
|
|
1886 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
|
|
|
1887 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
|
|
|
1888 }
|
|
|
1889 else
|
|
7
|
1890 # endif
|
|
1617
|
1891 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
1892 ins_char(p[i]);
|
|
7
|
1893 }
|
|
|
1894 #endif
|
|
|
1895
|
|
|
1896 /*
|
|
|
1897 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
|
|
|
1898 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
|
|
|
1899 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
1900 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
|
|
|
1901 * convert bytes to a character.
|
|
|
1902 */
|
|
|
1903 void
|
|
|
1904 ins_char(c)
|
|
|
1905 int c;
|
|
|
1906 {
|
|
|
1907 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1908 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
1909 int n;
|
|
|
1910
|
|
|
1911 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
|
|
|
1914 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
|
|
|
1915 if (buf[0] == 0)
|
|
|
1916 buf[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
1917
|
|
|
1918 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
|
|
|
1919 }
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 void
|
|
|
1922 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
|
|
|
1923 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1924 int charlen;
|
|
|
1925 {
|
|
|
1926 int c = buf[0];
|
|
|
1927 #endif
|
|
|
1928 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
|
|
|
1929 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
|
|
|
1930 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1931 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
1932 char_u *oldp;
|
|
|
1933 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
|
|
|
1934 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1935 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
1936 int i;
|
|
|
1937
|
|
|
1938 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
1939 /* Break tabs if needed. */
|
|
|
1940 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
1941 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
1942 #endif
|
|
|
1943
|
|
|
1944 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1945 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
1946 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
|
|
|
1947
|
|
|
1948 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
|
|
|
1949 oldlen = 0;
|
|
|
1950 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1951 newlen = charlen;
|
|
|
1952 #else
|
|
|
1953 newlen = 1;
|
|
|
1954 #endif
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1957 {
|
|
|
1958 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1959 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1960 {
|
|
|
1961 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1962 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
1963 int old_list;
|
|
|
1964 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1965 char_u buf[2];
|
|
|
1966 #endif
|
|
|
1967
|
|
|
1968 /*
|
|
|
1969 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
1970 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
|
|
|
1971 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
|
|
|
1972 */
|
|
|
1973 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1974 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
1975 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /*
|
|
|
1978 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
|
|
|
1979 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
|
|
|
1980 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
|
|
|
1981 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
|
|
|
1982 */
|
|
|
1983 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
1984 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1985 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
1986 buf[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1987 #endif
|
|
|
1988 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
|
|
|
1989 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
|
|
|
1990 {
|
|
|
1991 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
|
|
|
1992 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
|
|
|
1993 * position. */
|
|
|
1994 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
|
|
|
1995 break;
|
|
|
1996 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1997 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
|
|
7
|
1998 #else
|
|
|
1999 ++oldlen;
|
|
|
2000 #endif
|
|
|
2001 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
|
|
|
2002 if (vcol > new_vcol)
|
|
|
2003 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
|
|
|
2004 }
|
|
|
2005 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
|
|
|
2006 }
|
|
|
2007 else
|
|
|
2008 #endif
|
|
|
2009 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
|
|
|
2010 {
|
|
|
2011 /* normal replace */
|
|
|
2012 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
2013 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
|
|
7
|
2014 #else
|
|
|
2015 oldlen = 1;
|
|
|
2016 #endif
|
|
|
2017 }
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2020 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
|
|
|
2021 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
|
|
|
2022 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
|
|
|
2023 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
|
|
|
2024 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
2025 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
|
|
|
2026 {
|
|
|
2027 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
1470
|
2028 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2029 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
|
|
|
2030 else
|
|
|
2031 #endif
|
|
|
2032 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
|
|
7
|
2033 }
|
|
|
2034 }
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
|
|
|
2037 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2038 return;
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
|
|
|
2041 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2042 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
|
|
|
2045 p = newp + col;
|
|
|
2046 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
|
|
|
2047 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
|
|
|
2050 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2051 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
|
|
|
2052 i = charlen;
|
|
|
2053 #else
|
|
|
2054 *p = c;
|
|
|
2055 i = 1;
|
|
|
2056 #endif
|
|
|
2057
|
|
|
2058 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
|
|
|
2059 while (i < newlen)
|
|
|
2060 p[i++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
|
|
|
2063 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2064
|
|
|
2065 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2066 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2067
|
|
|
2068 /*
|
|
|
2069 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
|
|
|
2070 * show the match for right parens and braces.
|
|
|
2071 */
|
|
|
2072 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
2073 && msg_silent == 0
|
|
|
2074 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2075 && charlen == 1
|
|
|
2076 #endif
|
|
674
|
2077 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
2078 && !ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
2079 #endif
|
|
7
|
2080 )
|
|
|
2081 showmatch(c);
|
|
|
2082
|
|
|
2083 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
2084 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2085 #endif
|
|
|
2086 {
|
|
|
2087 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
|
|
|
2088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2089 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
|
|
|
2090 #else
|
|
|
2091 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2092 #endif
|
|
|
2093 }
|
|
|
2094 /*
|
|
|
2095 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
|
|
|
2096 */
|
|
|
2097 }
|
|
|
2098
|
|
|
2099 /*
|
|
|
2100 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
|
|
|
2101 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
|
|
|
2102 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2103 */
|
|
|
2104 void
|
|
|
2105 ins_str(s)
|
|
|
2106 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2107 {
|
|
|
2108 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2109 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
2110 int oldlen;
|
|
|
2111 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2112 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2115 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
2116 coladvance_force(getviscol());
|
|
|
2117 #endif
|
|
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2120 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2121 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
|
|
|
2124 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2125 return;
|
|
|
2126 if (col > 0)
|
|
|
2127 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2128 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
|
|
|
2129 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
|
|
|
2130 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2131 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
|
|
|
2132 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
|
|
|
2133 }
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 /*
|
|
|
2136 * Delete one character under the cursor.
|
|
|
2137 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2138 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2139 *
|
|
|
2140 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2141 */
|
|
|
2142 int
|
|
|
2143 del_char(fixpos)
|
|
|
2144 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2145 {
|
|
|
2146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2147 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2148 {
|
|
|
2149 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
|
|
|
2150 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
2151 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
2152 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2153 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
|
|
|
2154 }
|
|
|
2155 #endif
|
|
610
|
2156 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
2157 }
|
|
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2160 /*
|
|
|
2161 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
|
|
|
2162 */
|
|
|
2163 int
|
|
|
2164 del_chars(count, fixpos)
|
|
|
2165 long count;
|
|
|
2166 int fixpos;
|
|
|
2167 {
|
|
|
2168 long bytes = 0;
|
|
|
2169 long i;
|
|
|
2170 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2171 int l;
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2174 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
|
|
|
2175 {
|
|
474
|
2176 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
2177 bytes += l;
|
|
|
2178 p += l;
|
|
|
2179 }
|
|
610
|
2180 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
2181 }
|
|
|
2182 #endif
|
|
|
2183
|
|
|
2184 /*
|
|
|
2185 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
|
|
|
2186 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2187 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2188 *
|
|
|
2189 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2190 */
|
|
613
|
2191 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
2192 int
|
|
777
|
2193 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
|
|
7
|
2194 long count;
|
|
777
|
2195 int fixpos_arg;
|
|
610
|
2196 int use_delcombine; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
|
|
7
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 char_u *oldp, *newp;
|
|
|
2199 colnr_T oldlen;
|
|
|
2200 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2201 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2202 int was_alloced;
|
|
|
2203 long movelen;
|
|
777
|
2204 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
|
|
7
|
2205
|
|
|
2206 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
2207 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 /*
|
|
|
2210 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
|
|
|
2211 */
|
|
|
2212 if (col >= oldlen)
|
|
|
2213 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2216 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
|
|
|
2217 * delete the last combining character. */
|
|
610
|
2218 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
|
|
|
2219 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
|
|
7
|
2220 {
|
|
714
|
2221 int cc[MAX_MCO];
|
|
7
|
2222 int n;
|
|
|
2223
|
|
714
|
2224 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
|
|
|
2225 if (cc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2226 {
|
|
|
2227 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
|
|
|
2228 n = col;
|
|
|
2229 do
|
|
|
2230 {
|
|
|
2231 col = n;
|
|
474
|
2232 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
|
|
7
|
2233 n += count;
|
|
|
2234 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
|
|
|
2235 fixpos = 0;
|
|
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238 #endif
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 /*
|
|
|
2241 * When count is too big, reduce it.
|
|
|
2242 */
|
|
|
2243 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
|
|
|
2244 if (movelen <= 1)
|
|
|
2245 {
|
|
|
2246 /*
|
|
|
2247 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
|
|
777
|
2248 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
|
|
|
2249 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
|
|
7
|
2250 */
|
|
777
|
2251 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
|
|
|
2252 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2253 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
|
2254 #endif
|
|
|
2255 )
|
|
7
|
2256 {
|
|
|
2257 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2258 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
2259 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
2260 #endif
|
|
|
2261 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2262 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2263 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
|
|
|
2264 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2265 #endif
|
|
|
2266 }
|
|
|
2267 count = oldlen - col;
|
|
|
2268 movelen = 1;
|
|
|
2269 }
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 /*
|
|
|
2272 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
|
|
|
2273 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
|
|
1532
|
2274 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
|
|
|
2275 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
|
|
|
2276 * care of notifiying Netbeans.
|
|
7
|
2277 */
|
|
|
2278 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
1532
|
2279 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
2280 was_alloced = FALSE;
|
|
|
2281 else
|
|
|
2282 #endif
|
|
|
2283 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
|
|
7
|
2284 if (was_alloced)
|
|
|
2285 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
|
|
|
2286 else
|
|
|
2287 { /* need to allocate a new line */
|
|
|
2288 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
|
|
|
2289 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2290 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2291 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
|
|
|
2292 }
|
|
|
2293 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
|
|
|
2294 if (!was_alloced)
|
|
|
2295 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2298 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 return OK;
|
|
|
2301 }
|
|
|
2302
|
|
|
2303 /*
|
|
|
2304 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
|
|
|
2305 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
|
|
|
2306 *
|
|
|
2307 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2308 */
|
|
|
2309 int
|
|
|
2310 truncate_line(fixpos)
|
|
|
2311 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
|
|
|
2312 {
|
|
|
2313 char_u *newp;
|
|
|
2314 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
2315 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
2318 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
|
|
|
2319 else
|
|
|
2320 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
|
|
|
2321
|
|
|
2322 if (newp == NULL)
|
|
|
2323 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
|
|
|
2326
|
|
|
2327 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2328 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 /*
|
|
|
2331 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
|
|
|
2332 */
|
|
|
2333 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
2334 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 return OK;
|
|
|
2337 }
|
|
|
2338
|
|
|
2339 /*
|
|
|
2340 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
|
|
|
2341 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
|
|
|
2342 */
|
|
|
2343 void
|
|
|
2344 del_lines(nlines, undo)
|
|
|
2345 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
|
|
|
2346 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
|
|
|
2347 {
|
|
|
2348 long n;
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 if (nlines <= 0)
|
|
|
2351 return;
|
|
|
2352
|
|
|
2353 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
|
|
|
2354 if (undo && u_savedel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, nlines) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2355 return;
|
|
|
2356
|
|
|
2357 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
|
|
|
2358 {
|
|
|
2359 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
|
|
|
2360 break;
|
|
|
2361
|
|
|
2362 ml_delete(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE);
|
|
|
2363 ++n;
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
|
|
|
2366 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2367 break;
|
|
|
2368 }
|
|
|
2369 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
2370 deleted_lines_mark(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, n);
|
|
|
2371
|
|
|
2372 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
2373 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
2374 }
|
|
|
2375
|
|
|
2376 int
|
|
|
2377 gchar_pos(pos)
|
|
|
2378 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2379 {
|
|
|
2380 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2383 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2384 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
2385 #endif
|
|
|
2386 return (int)*ptr;
|
|
|
2387 }
|
|
|
2388
|
|
|
2389 int
|
|
|
2390 gchar_cursor()
|
|
|
2391 {
|
|
|
2392 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2393 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2394 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
2395 #endif
|
|
|
2396 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
2397 }
|
|
|
2398
|
|
|
2399 /*
|
|
|
2400 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
|
|
|
2401 * It is directly written into the block.
|
|
|
2402 */
|
|
|
2403 void
|
|
|
2404 pchar_cursor(c)
|
|
|
2405 int c;
|
|
|
2406 {
|
|
|
2407 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
|
|
|
2408 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
|
|
|
2409 }
|
|
|
2410
|
|
|
2411 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
2412 /*
|
|
|
2413 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
|
|
|
2414 */
|
|
|
2415 void
|
|
|
2416 goto_endofbuf(pos)
|
|
|
2417 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2418 {
|
|
|
2419 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
2422 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
2423 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
2424 while (*p++)
|
|
|
2425 ++pos->col;
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427 #endif
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 /*
|
|
|
2430 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
|
|
|
2431 * non-blank in the line.
|
|
|
2432 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
|
|
|
2433 * the line.
|
|
|
2434 */
|
|
|
2435 int
|
|
|
2436 inindent(extra)
|
|
|
2437 int extra;
|
|
|
2438 {
|
|
|
2439 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2440 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2441
|
|
|
2442 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
|
|
|
2443 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2444 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
|
|
|
2445 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2446 else
|
|
|
2447 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2448 }
|
|
|
2449
|
|
|
2450 /*
|
|
|
2451 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
|
|
|
2452 */
|
|
|
2453 char_u *
|
|
|
2454 skip_to_option_part(p)
|
|
|
2455 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2456 {
|
|
|
2457 if (*p == ',')
|
|
|
2458 ++p;
|
|
|
2459 while (*p == ' ')
|
|
|
2460 ++p;
|
|
|
2461 return p;
|
|
|
2462 }
|
|
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 /*
|
|
|
2465 * changed() is called when something in the current buffer is changed.
|
|
|
2466 *
|
|
|
2467 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
|
|
|
2468 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
|
|
|
2469 */
|
|
|
2470 void
|
|
|
2471 changed()
|
|
|
2472 {
|
|
|
2473 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
2474 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
|
|
|
2475 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
|
|
|
2476 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
|
|
|
2477 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
|
|
|
2478 return;
|
|
|
2479 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
|
|
|
2480 #endif
|
|
|
2481
|
|
|
2482 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
|
|
|
2483 {
|
|
|
2484 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2485
|
|
819
|
2486 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
|
|
|
2487 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
|
|
7
|
2488 change_warning(0);
|
|
819
|
2489
|
|
7
|
2490 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
|
|
|
2491 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
|
|
|
2492 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
|
|
|
2493 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
2494 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
|
|
|
2495 #endif
|
|
|
2496 )
|
|
|
2497 {
|
|
|
2498 ml_open_file(curbuf);
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
|
|
|
2501 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
|
|
|
2502 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
|
|
|
2503 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
|
|
|
2504 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
2505 {
|
|
|
2506 out_flush();
|
|
|
2507 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
|
|
|
2508 wait_return(TRUE);
|
|
|
2509 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
|
2510 }
|
|
|
2511 }
|
|
|
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
|
|
39
|
2513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
|
|
7
|
2514 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2515 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
673
|
2516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2517 #endif
|
|
|
2518 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2520 #endif
|
|
|
2521 }
|
|
|
2522 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2523 }
|
|
|
2524
|
|
265
|
2525 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2526 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
7
|
2527 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 /*
|
|
|
2530 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2531 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2532 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2533 * - invalidates cached values
|
|
|
2534 */
|
|
|
2535 void
|
|
|
2536 changed_bytes(lnum, col)
|
|
|
2537 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2538 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2539 {
|
|
265
|
2540 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
|
|
7
|
2541 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
|
|
265
|
2542
|
|
|
2543 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
2544 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
|
|
|
2545 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
|
2546 {
|
|
|
2547 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2548 linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
2549
|
|
|
2550 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2551 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
|
2552 {
|
|
|
2553 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
|
2554 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
|
2555 if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
|
2556 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
|
|
|
2557 }
|
|
|
2558 }
|
|
|
2559 #endif
|
|
7
|
2560 }
|
|
|
2561
|
|
|
2562 static void
|
|
265
|
2563 changedOneline(buf, lnum)
|
|
|
2564 buf_T *buf;
|
|
7
|
2565 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2566 {
|
|
265
|
2567 if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
7
|
2568 {
|
|
|
2569 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2570 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2571 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2572 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2573 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
7
|
2574 }
|
|
|
2575 else
|
|
|
2576 {
|
|
|
2577 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
|
|
265
|
2578 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2579 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2580 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
|
|
|
2581 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
|
|
7
|
2582 }
|
|
|
2583 }
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 /*
|
|
|
2586 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2587 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2588 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2589 */
|
|
|
2590 void
|
|
|
2591 appended_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2592 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2593 long count;
|
|
|
2594 {
|
|
|
2595 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
|
2597
|
|
|
2598 /*
|
|
|
2599 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2600 */
|
|
|
2601 void
|
|
|
2602 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2603 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2604 long count;
|
|
|
2605 {
|
|
|
2606 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
|
|
|
2607 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
|
|
|
2608 }
|
|
|
2609
|
|
|
2610 /*
|
|
|
2611 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2612 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2613 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
|
|
|
2614 */
|
|
|
2615 void
|
|
|
2616 deleted_lines(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2617 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2618 long count;
|
|
|
2619 {
|
|
|
2620 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2621 }
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 /*
|
|
|
2624 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
|
|
|
2625 */
|
|
|
2626 void
|
|
|
2627 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
|
|
|
2628 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2629 long count;
|
|
|
2630 {
|
|
|
2631 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
|
|
|
2632 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
|
|
|
2633 }
|
|
|
2634
|
|
|
2635 /*
|
|
|
2636 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
|
|
|
2637 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
|
|
|
2638 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
|
|
|
2639 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
|
|
|
2640 * - invalidate cached values
|
|
|
2641 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
|
|
|
2642 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
|
|
|
2643 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
|
|
|
2644 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
|
|
|
2645 */
|
|
|
2646 void
|
|
|
2647 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2648 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2649 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
|
|
|
2650 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2651 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2652 {
|
|
265
|
2653 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
2656 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
|
|
|
2657 {
|
|
|
2658 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
|
|
|
2659 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
|
|
|
2660 * displaying. */
|
|
|
2661 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2662 linenr_T wlnum;
|
|
|
2663
|
|
|
2664 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2665 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
|
|
|
2666 {
|
|
|
2667 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
|
|
|
2668 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
|
|
|
2669 if (wlnum > 0)
|
|
|
2670 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
|
|
|
2671 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
|
|
|
2672 }
|
|
|
2673 }
|
|
|
2674 #endif
|
|
|
2675
|
|
|
2676 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
|
|
|
2677 }
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 static void
|
|
|
2680 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2681 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2682 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
|
|
|
2683 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
|
|
|
2684 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
|
|
|
2685 {
|
|
|
2686 if (buf->b_mod_set)
|
|
7
|
2687 {
|
|
|
2688 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2689 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
2690 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
7
|
2692 {
|
|
|
2693 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
|
|
265
|
2694 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
|
|
|
2695 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
|
|
|
2696 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
|
|
7
|
2697 }
|
|
265
|
2698 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
2699 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2700 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
|
|
7
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702 else
|
|
|
2703 {
|
|
|
2704 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
|
|
265
|
2705 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
|
|
|
2706 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
|
|
|
2707 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
|
|
|
2708 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
|
|
|
2709 }
|
|
7
|
2710 }
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 static void
|
|
|
2713 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
|
|
|
2714 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2715 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2716 linenr_T lnume;
|
|
|
2717 long xtra;
|
|
|
2718 {
|
|
|
2719 win_T *wp;
|
|
1863
|
2720 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2721 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
2722 #endif
|
|
7
|
2723 int i;
|
|
|
2724 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2725 int cols;
|
|
|
2726 pos_T *p;
|
|
|
2727 int add;
|
|
|
2728 #endif
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 /* mark the buffer as modified */
|
|
|
2731 changed();
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 /* set the '. mark */
|
|
|
2734 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
2737 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
|
|
|
2740 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
|
|
|
2741 * don't have an entry yet. */
|
|
|
2742 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2743 {
|
|
|
2744 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
|
|
|
2745 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2746 else
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
|
|
|
2749 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
|
|
|
2750 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
|
|
|
2751 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
|
|
|
2752 if (p->lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
2753 add = TRUE;
|
|
|
2754 else
|
|
|
2755 {
|
|
|
2756 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
|
|
|
2757 if (cols == 0)
|
|
|
2758 cols = 79;
|
|
|
2759 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
|
|
|
2760 }
|
|
|
2761 }
|
|
|
2762 if (add)
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
|
|
|
2765 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
|
|
|
2766 * position in the changelist. */
|
|
|
2767 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
2768
|
|
|
2769 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
|
|
|
2770 {
|
|
|
2771 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
|
|
|
2772 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
2773 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
|
|
|
2774 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
|
|
1863
|
2775 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
7
|
2776 {
|
|
|
2777 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
|
|
|
2778 * this buffer. */
|
|
|
2779 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
|
|
|
2780 --wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2781 }
|
|
|
2782 }
|
|
1863
|
2783 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
7
|
2784 {
|
|
|
2785 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
|
|
|
2786 * at the end it stays at the end. */
|
|
|
2787 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
|
|
|
2788 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
|
|
|
2789 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
|
|
|
2790 }
|
|
|
2791 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2792 }
|
|
|
2793 }
|
|
|
2794 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
|
|
|
2795 curbuf->b_last_change;
|
|
|
2796 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
|
|
|
2797 * takes you back to it. */
|
|
|
2798 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
|
|
|
2799 #endif
|
|
|
2800 }
|
|
|
2801
|
|
1863
|
2802 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
|
|
7
|
2803 {
|
|
|
2804 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
|
|
|
2805 {
|
|
|
2806 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
|
|
|
2807 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
|
|
|
2808 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
|
|
|
2809
|
|
|
2810 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
|
|
|
2811 * values for the cursor. */
|
|
|
2812 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2813 /*
|
|
|
2814 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
|
|
|
2815 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
|
|
|
2816 */
|
|
|
2817 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
|
|
|
2820 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
|
|
|
2821 * might be displayed differently.
|
|
|
2822 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
|
|
|
2823 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
|
|
|
2824 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2825 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
2826 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2827 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
|
2828 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
|
|
|
2829 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
|
|
|
2832 * compare with the first line in that range. */
|
|
|
2833 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
2834 {
|
|
|
2835 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
2836 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
|
|
|
2837 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2838 }
|
|
|
2839 #endif
|
|
|
2840
|
|
|
2841 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
2842 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2843 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
|
|
|
2844 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
|
|
|
2845 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
|
|
|
2846 {
|
|
|
2847 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
|
|
|
2848 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
|
|
|
2849 approximate_botline_win(wp);
|
|
|
2850 }
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
|
|
|
2853 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
|
|
|
2854 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
|
|
|
2855 * after the change. */
|
|
|
2856 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
|
|
|
2857 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
|
|
|
2858 {
|
|
|
2859 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2860 {
|
|
|
2861 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
|
|
|
2862 {
|
|
|
2863 /* line included in change */
|
|
|
2864 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 else if (xtra != 0)
|
|
|
2867 {
|
|
|
2868 /* line below change */
|
|
|
2869 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2870 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
|
|
|
2872 #endif
|
|
|
2873 }
|
|
|
2874 }
|
|
|
2875 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
2876 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
|
|
|
2877 {
|
|
|
2878 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
|
|
|
2879 * may need to be redrawn */
|
|
|
2880 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
2881 }
|
|
|
2882 #endif
|
|
|
2883 }
|
|
|
2884 }
|
|
|
2885 }
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
|
|
|
2888 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
|
|
|
2889 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2890 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
694
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2893 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
|
|
1010
|
2894 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
2895 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
694
|
2896 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2897 #endif
|
|
7
|
2898 }
|
|
|
2899
|
|
|
2900 /*
|
|
|
2901 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2902 */
|
|
|
2903 void
|
|
|
2904 unchanged(buf, ff)
|
|
|
2905 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2906 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
|
|
|
2907 {
|
|
|
2908 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
|
|
|
2909 {
|
|
|
2910 buf->b_changed = 0;
|
|
39
|
2911 ml_setflags(buf);
|
|
7
|
2912 if (ff)
|
|
|
2913 save_file_ff(buf);
|
|
|
2914 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2915 check_status(buf);
|
|
673
|
2916 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2917 #endif
|
|
|
2918 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2919 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2920 #endif
|
|
|
2921 }
|
|
|
2922 ++buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
|
2923 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
2924 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
|
|
|
2925 #endif
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2929 /*
|
|
|
2930 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
|
|
|
2931 * need to be updated
|
|
|
2932 */
|
|
|
2933 void
|
|
|
2934 check_status(buf)
|
|
|
2935 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2936 {
|
|
|
2937 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
2940 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
|
|
|
2941 {
|
|
|
2942 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
2943 if (must_redraw < VALID)
|
|
|
2944 must_redraw = VALID;
|
|
|
2945 }
|
|
|
2946 }
|
|
|
2947 #endif
|
|
|
2948
|
|
|
2949 /*
|
|
|
2950 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
|
|
|
2951 * Don't do this for autocommands.
|
|
|
2952 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
|
|
548
|
2953 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
|
|
7
|
2954 * will be TRUE.
|
|
|
2955 */
|
|
|
2956 void
|
|
|
2957 change_warning(col)
|
|
|
2958 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
|
|
|
2959 mode and 'showmode' is on */
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
1848
|
2961 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
|
|
|
2962
|
|
7
|
2963 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
|
|
|
2964 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
|
|
|
2965 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
2966 && !autocmd_busy
|
|
|
2967 #endif
|
|
|
2968 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2969 {
|
|
|
2970 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
819
|
2971 ++curbuf_lock;
|
|
7
|
2972 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
819
|
2973 --curbuf_lock;
|
|
7
|
2974 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
2975 return;
|
|
|
2976 #endif
|
|
|
2977 /*
|
|
|
2978 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
|
|
|
2979 * be after the mode message.
|
|
|
2980 */
|
|
|
2981 msg_start();
|
|
|
2982 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2983 msg_col = col;
|
|
16
|
2984 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
1848
|
2985 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
|
|
|
2986 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2987 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
|
|
|
2988 #endif
|
|
7
|
2989 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
2990 (void)msg_end();
|
|
|
2991 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
|
|
|
2992 {
|
|
|
2993 out_flush();
|
|
|
2994 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
|
|
|
2995 }
|
|
|
2996 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
|
|
|
2997 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
|
|
|
2998 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
|
|
|
2999 showmode();
|
|
|
3000 }
|
|
|
3001 }
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 /*
|
|
|
3004 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
|
|
|
3005 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
|
|
|
3006 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
|
|
|
3007 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
|
|
|
3008 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
|
|
|
3009 *
|
|
|
3010 * return the 'y' or 'n'
|
|
|
3011 */
|
|
|
3012 int
|
|
|
3013 ask_yesno(str, direct)
|
|
|
3014 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3015 int direct;
|
|
|
3016 {
|
|
|
3017 int r = ' ';
|
|
|
3018 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
|
|
|
3021 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
|
3022 ++no_wait_return;
|
|
|
3023 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3024 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3025 #endif
|
|
|
3026 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
|
|
|
3027 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3028 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
|
|
|
3029 #endif
|
|
|
3030 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3031 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
|
|
|
3034 {
|
|
|
3035 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
|
|
|
3036 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
|
|
|
3037 if (direct)
|
|
|
3038 r = get_keystroke();
|
|
|
3039 else
|
|
1474
|
3040 r = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
3041 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
|
|
|
3042 r = 'n';
|
|
|
3043 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
|
|
|
3044 out_flush();
|
|
|
3045 }
|
|
|
3046 --no_wait_return;
|
|
|
3047 State = save_State;
|
|
|
3048 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3049 setmouse();
|
|
|
3050 #endif
|
|
|
3051 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3052 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 return r;
|
|
|
3055 }
|
|
|
3056
|
|
|
3057 /*
|
|
|
3058 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
|
|
|
3059 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
|
|
|
3060 * button (used at the more prompt).
|
|
|
3061 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
|
|
|
3062 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
|
|
|
3063 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
|
|
|
3064 */
|
|
|
3065 int
|
|
|
3066 get_keystroke()
|
|
|
3067 {
|
|
|
3068 #define CBUFLEN 151
|
|
|
3069 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
|
|
|
3070 int len = 0;
|
|
|
3071 int n;
|
|
|
3072 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
964
|
3073 int waited = 0;
|
|
7
|
3074
|
|
|
3075 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
|
|
|
3076 for (;;)
|
|
|
3077 {
|
|
|
3078 cursor_on();
|
|
|
3079 out_flush();
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
|
|
|
3082 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
|
|
|
3083 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
|
|
|
3084 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
|
|
|
3085 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
|
|
|
3086 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
|
|
|
3087 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3088 {
|
|
|
3089 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
|
|
|
3090 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
|
|
|
3091 len += n;
|
|
964
|
3092 waited = 0;
|
|
|
3093 }
|
|
|
3094 else if (len > 0)
|
|
|
3095 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
|
|
|
3098 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
|
|
|
3099 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
|
|
7
|
3100 continue;
|
|
964
|
3101
|
|
7
|
3102 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
|
|
|
3103 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3104 len = n;
|
|
|
3105 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
|
|
|
3106 continue;
|
|
|
3107
|
|
|
3108 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
|
|
|
3109 n = buf[0];
|
|
|
3110 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
3111 {
|
|
|
3112 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
|
|
|
3113 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
|
|
|
3114 || n == K_IGNORE
|
|
|
3115 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3116 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
|
|
|
3117 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
|
|
|
3118 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
|
|
|
3119 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
|
|
|
3120 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
|
|
|
3121 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
|
|
|
3122 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
|
|
|
3123 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
|
|
|
3124 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
|
|
|
3125 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
|
|
|
3126 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
|
|
|
3127 || n == K_MOUSEUP
|
|
|
3128 || n == K_X1MOUSE
|
|
|
3129 || n == K_X1DRAG
|
|
|
3130 || n == K_X1RELEASE
|
|
|
3131 || n == K_X2MOUSE
|
|
|
3132 || n == K_X2DRAG
|
|
|
3133 || n == K_X2RELEASE
|
|
|
3134 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3135 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3136 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3137 # endif
|
|
|
3138 #endif
|
|
|
3139 )
|
|
|
3140 {
|
|
|
3141 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
|
|
|
3142 mod_mask = buf[2];
|
|
|
3143 len -= 3;
|
|
|
3144 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
3145 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
3146 continue;
|
|
|
3147 }
|
|
828
|
3148 break;
|
|
7
|
3149 }
|
|
|
3150 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3151 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3152 {
|
|
|
3153 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
|
|
|
3154 continue; /* more bytes to get */
|
|
|
3155 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3156 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
|
|
|
3157 }
|
|
|
3158 #endif
|
|
|
3159 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3160 if (n == intr_char)
|
|
|
3161 n = ESC;
|
|
|
3162 #endif
|
|
|
3163 break;
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
|
|
|
3167 return n;
|
|
|
3168 }
|
|
|
3169
|
|
|
3170 /*
|
|
374
|
3171 * Get a number from the user.
|
|
|
3172 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
|
|
7
|
3173 */
|
|
|
3174 int
|
|
374
|
3175 get_number(colon, mouse_used)
|
|
|
3176 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
|
|
|
3177 int *mouse_used;
|
|
7
|
3178 {
|
|
|
3179 int n = 0;
|
|
|
3180 int c;
|
|
810
|
3181 int typed = 0;
|
|
7
|
3182
|
|
374
|
3183 if (mouse_used != NULL)
|
|
|
3184 *mouse_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
3185
|
|
7
|
3186 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
|
|
|
3187 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
|
|
|
3188 if (msg_silent != 0)
|
|
|
3189 return 0;
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3192 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3193 #endif
|
|
|
3194 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3195 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
|
|
|
3196 for (;;)
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
|
|
|
3199 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3200 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
3201 {
|
|
|
3202 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
|
|
|
3203 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
810
|
3204 ++typed;
|
|
7
|
3205 }
|
|
|
3206 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
3207 {
|
|
810
|
3208 if (typed > 0)
|
|
|
3209 {
|
|
|
3210 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
|
|
|
3211 --typed;
|
|
|
3212 }
|
|
7
|
3213 n /= 10;
|
|
|
3214 }
|
|
374
|
3215 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
3216 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
3217 {
|
|
|
3218 *mouse_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
3219 n = mouse_row + 1;
|
|
|
3220 break;
|
|
|
3221 }
|
|
|
3222 #endif
|
|
7
|
3223 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
|
|
|
3224 {
|
|
|
3225 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
|
|
|
3226 if (!exmode_active)
|
|
|
3227 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3228 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
|
|
|
3229 do_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
3230 break;
|
|
|
3231 }
|
|
|
3232 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
|
|
|
3233 break;
|
|
|
3234 }
|
|
|
3235 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3236 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3237 return n;
|
|
|
3238 }
|
|
|
3239
|
|
323
|
3240 /*
|
|
|
3241 * Ask the user to enter a number.
|
|
374
|
3242 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
|
|
|
3243 * the line number.
|
|
323
|
3244 */
|
|
|
3245 int
|
|
374
|
3246 prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
|
|
|
3247 int *mouse_used;
|
|
323
|
3248 {
|
|
|
3249 int i;
|
|
344
|
3250 int save_cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3251 int save_State;
|
|
323
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
|
|
375
|
3254 if (mouse_used != NULL)
|
|
1733
|
3255 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
|
|
375
|
3256 else
|
|
1733
|
3257 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
|
|
344
|
3258
|
|
957
|
3259 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
|
|
|
3260 * get mouse events. */
|
|
344
|
3261 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
957
|
3262 cmdline_row = 0;
|
|
344
|
3263 save_State = State;
|
|
957
|
3264 State = CMDLINE;
|
|
374
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
|
|
|
3267 if (KeyTyped)
|
|
|
3268 {
|
|
|
3269 /* don't call wait_return() now */
|
|
|
3270 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
|
|
323
|
3271 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
|
|
|
3272 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3273 msg_didany = FALSE;
|
|
|
3274 }
|
|
344
|
3275 else
|
|
|
3276 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
|
|
|
3277 State = save_State;
|
|
|
3278
|
|
323
|
3279 return i;
|
|
|
3280 }
|
|
|
3281
|
|
7
|
3282 void
|
|
|
3283 msgmore(n)
|
|
|
3284 long n;
|
|
|
3285 {
|
|
|
3286 long pn;
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
|
|
|
3289 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
|
|
|
3290 return;
|
|
|
3291
|
|
135
|
3292 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
|
|
|
3293 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
|
|
|
3294 * then "put" reports the last action. */
|
|
|
3295 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
|
|
|
3296 return;
|
|
|
3297
|
|
7
|
3298 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3299 pn = n;
|
|
|
3300 else
|
|
|
3301 pn = -n;
|
|
|
3302
|
|
|
3303 if (pn > p_report)
|
|
|
3304 {
|
|
|
3305 if (pn == 1)
|
|
|
3306 {
|
|
|
3307 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3308 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
|
|
|
3309 else
|
|
|
3310 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
|
|
|
3311 }
|
|
|
3312 else
|
|
|
3313 {
|
|
|
3314 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3315 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3316 else
|
|
|
3317 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
|
|
|
3318 }
|
|
|
3319 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3320 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
|
|
|
3321 if (msg(msg_buf))
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
680
|
3323 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
|
|
135
|
3324 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3325 }
|
|
|
3326 }
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 /*
|
|
|
3330 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3331 */
|
|
|
3332 void
|
|
|
3333 beep_flush()
|
|
|
3334 {
|
|
|
3335 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3336 {
|
|
|
3337 flush_buffers(FALSE);
|
|
|
3338 vim_beep();
|
|
|
3339 }
|
|
|
3340 }
|
|
|
3341
|
|
|
3342 /*
|
|
|
3343 * give a warning for an error
|
|
|
3344 */
|
|
|
3345 void
|
|
|
3346 vim_beep()
|
|
|
3347 {
|
|
|
3348 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
3349 {
|
|
|
3350 if (p_vb
|
|
|
3351 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3352 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
|
|
|
3353 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
|
|
|
3354 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
|
|
|
3355 #endif
|
|
|
3356 )
|
|
|
3357 {
|
|
|
3358 out_str(T_VB);
|
|
|
3359 }
|
|
|
3360 else
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 #ifdef MSDOS
|
|
|
3363 /*
|
|
|
3364 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
|
|
|
3365 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
|
|
|
3366 * where the beeps don't overlap.
|
|
|
3367 */
|
|
|
3368 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
|
|
|
3369 {
|
|
|
3370 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3371 beep_count = 1;
|
|
|
3372 }
|
|
|
3373 else
|
|
|
3374 ++beep_count;
|
|
|
3375 #else
|
|
|
3376 out_char(BELL);
|
|
|
3377 #endif
|
|
|
3378 }
|
|
169
|
3379
|
|
|
3380 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
|
|
|
3381 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
|
|
|
3382 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
|
3384 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
|
3385 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
|
3386 }
|
|
7
|
3387 }
|
|
|
3388 }
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 /*
|
|
|
3391 * To get the "real" home directory:
|
|
|
3392 * - get value of $HOME
|
|
|
3393 * For Unix:
|
|
|
3394 * - go to that directory
|
|
|
3395 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
|
|
|
3396 * This also works with mounts and links.
|
|
|
3397 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
|
|
|
3398 */
|
|
|
3399 static char_u *homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3400
|
|
|
3401 void
|
|
|
3402 init_homedir()
|
|
|
3403 {
|
|
|
3404 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3405
|
|
170
|
3406 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
|
|
|
3407 vim_free(homedir);
|
|
|
3408 homedir = NULL;
|
|
|
3409
|
|
7
|
3410 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3411 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
3412 #else
|
|
|
3413 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
3414 #endif
|
|
|
3415
|
|
|
3416 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
|
|
|
3417 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3418
|
|
|
3419 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
3420 /*
|
|
|
3421 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
|
|
|
3422 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
|
|
|
3423 * when $HOME is being set.
|
|
|
3424 */
|
|
|
3425 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
|
|
|
3426 {
|
|
|
3427 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3428 char_u *exp;
|
|
|
3429
|
|
|
3430 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
|
|
|
3431 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3432 {
|
|
419
|
3433 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
|
|
7
|
3434 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
|
|
|
3435 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
|
|
|
3436 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3437 {
|
|
274
|
3438 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
|
|
7
|
3439 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3440 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3441 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443 }
|
|
|
3444 }
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 /*
|
|
|
3447 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
|
|
|
3448 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
|
|
|
3449 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
|
|
|
3450 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
|
|
|
3451 */
|
|
|
3452 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3453 {
|
|
|
3454 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
|
|
|
3455
|
|
|
3456 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
|
|
|
3457 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
|
|
|
3458 if (homedrive != NULL && homepath != NULL
|
|
|
3459 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
|
|
|
3462 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
3463 {
|
|
|
3464 var = NameBuff;
|
|
|
3465 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
|
|
|
3466 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468 }
|
|
|
3469 }
|
|
170
|
3470
|
|
|
3471 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
3472 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
|
|
|
3473 {
|
|
|
3474 int len;
|
|
|
3475 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
|
3478 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
835
|
3479 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3480 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3481 {
|
|
|
3482 homedir = pp;
|
|
|
3483 return;
|
|
|
3484 }
|
|
|
3485 }
|
|
|
3486 # endif
|
|
7
|
3487 #endif
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3490 /*
|
|
|
3491 * Default home dir is C:/
|
|
|
3492 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
|
|
|
3493 */
|
|
|
3494 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3495 var = "C:/";
|
|
|
3496 #endif
|
|
|
3497 if (var != NULL)
|
|
|
3498 {
|
|
|
3499 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3500 /*
|
|
|
3501 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
|
|
|
3502 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
|
|
|
3503 */
|
|
|
3504 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
|
|
|
3505 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
|
|
|
3506 {
|
|
|
3507 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
|
|
|
3508 var = IObuff;
|
|
|
3509 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
|
|
|
3510 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
|
|
|
3511 }
|
|
|
3512 #endif
|
|
|
3513 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3514 }
|
|
|
3515 }
|
|
|
3516
|
|
359
|
3517 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3518 void
|
|
|
3519 free_homedir()
|
|
|
3520 {
|
|
|
3521 vim_free(homedir);
|
|
|
3522 }
|
|
|
3523 #endif
|
|
|
3524
|
|
7
|
3525 /*
|
|
1408
|
3526 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
|
|
|
3527 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
|
|
|
3528 * again soon.
|
|
|
3529 */
|
|
|
3530 char_u *
|
|
|
3531 expand_env_save(src)
|
|
|
3532 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3533 {
|
|
|
3534 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
|
|
|
3535 }
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 /*
|
|
|
3538 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
|
|
|
3539 * expand "~" at the start.
|
|
|
3540 */
|
|
|
3541 char_u *
|
|
|
3542 expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
|
|
|
3543 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3544 int one;
|
|
|
3545 {
|
|
|
3546 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3549 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3550 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
|
|
|
3551 return p;
|
|
|
3552 }
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 /*
|
|
7
|
3555 * Expand environment variable with path name.
|
|
|
3556 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
|
|
1408
|
3557 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
|
|
7
|
3558 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
|
|
|
3559 */
|
|
|
3560 void
|
|
|
3561 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
|
|
|
3562 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
|
3563 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3564 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3565 {
|
|
1408
|
3566 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
|
|
7
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568
|
|
|
3569 void
|
|
1408
|
3570 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
|
|
374
|
3571 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
|
|
7
|
3572 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
3573 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
3574 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
|
|
1408
|
3575 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
|
|
374
|
3576 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
3577 {
|
|
|
3578 char_u *src;
|
|
7
|
3579 char_u *tail;
|
|
|
3580 int c;
|
|
|
3581 char_u *var;
|
|
|
3582 int copy_char;
|
|
|
3583 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
|
|
|
3584 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
|
|
374
|
3585 int startstr_len = 0;
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 if (startstr != NULL)
|
|
835
|
3588 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
|
|
374
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 src = skipwhite(srcp);
|
|
7
|
3591 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
|
|
|
3592 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
3593 {
|
|
|
3594 copy_char = TRUE;
|
|
22
|
3595 if ((*src == '$'
|
|
|
3596 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
3597 && at_start
|
|
|
3598 #endif
|
|
|
3599 )
|
|
7
|
3600 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3601 || *src == '%'
|
|
|
3602 #endif
|
|
|
3603 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
|
3605 mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 /*
|
|
|
3608 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
|
|
|
3609 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
|
|
|
3610 */
|
|
|
3611 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
|
|
|
3612 {
|
|
|
3613 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3614 var = dst;
|
|
|
3615 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3616
|
|
|
3617 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3618 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
|
|
|
3619 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
|
|
|
3620 {
|
|
|
3621 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
|
|
|
3622 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3623 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3624 }
|
|
|
3625 else
|
|
|
3626 #endif
|
|
|
3627 {
|
|
|
3628 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
|
|
|
3629 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
3630 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3631 #endif
|
|
|
3632 ))
|
|
|
3633 {
|
|
|
3634 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
|
|
|
3635 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
|
|
|
3636 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
|
|
|
3637 #else
|
|
|
3638 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3639 #endif
|
|
|
3640 }
|
|
|
3641 }
|
|
|
3642
|
|
|
3643 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3644 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3645 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
|
|
|
3646 # else
|
|
|
3647 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
|
|
|
3648 # endif
|
|
|
3649 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3650 else
|
|
|
3651 {
|
|
|
3652 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3653 if (src[1] == '{')
|
|
|
3654 # else
|
|
|
3655 if (*src == '%')
|
|
|
3656 #endif
|
|
|
3657 ++tail;
|
|
|
3658 #endif
|
|
|
3659 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3660 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
|
|
|
3661 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
|
|
|
3662 }
|
|
|
3663 #endif
|
|
|
3664 }
|
|
|
3665 /* home directory */
|
|
|
3666 else if ( src[1] == NUL
|
|
|
3667 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
|
|
|
3668 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
3669 {
|
|
|
3670 var = homedir;
|
|
|
3671 tail = src + 1;
|
|
|
3672 }
|
|
|
3673 else /* user directory */
|
|
|
3674 {
|
|
|
3675 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
|
|
|
3676 /*
|
|
|
3677 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
|
|
|
3678 */
|
|
|
3679 tail = src;
|
|
|
3680 var = dst;
|
|
|
3681 c = dstlen - 1;
|
|
|
3682 while ( c-- > 0
|
|
|
3683 && *tail
|
|
|
3684 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
|
|
|
3685 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3686 *var++ = *tail++;
|
|
|
3687 *var = NUL;
|
|
|
3688 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3689 /*
|
|
|
3690 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
|
|
|
3691 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
|
|
|
3692 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
|
|
|
3693 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
|
|
|
3694 */
|
|
|
3695 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
|
|
|
3696 {
|
|
|
3697 struct passwd *pw;
|
|
|
3698
|
|
626
|
3699 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
|
|
|
3700 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
|
|
7
|
3701 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
|
|
|
3702 if (pw != NULL)
|
|
|
3703 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
|
|
|
3704 else
|
|
|
3705 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3706 }
|
|
|
3707 if (var == NULL)
|
|
|
3708 # endif
|
|
|
3709 {
|
|
|
3710 expand_T xpc;
|
|
|
3711
|
|
|
3712 ExpandInit(&xpc);
|
|
|
3713 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
|
|
|
3714 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
|
|
|
3715 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
|
|
|
3716 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3717 }
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
|
|
|
3720 /*
|
|
|
3721 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
|
|
|
3722 * directories to search for the user account in.
|
|
|
3723 */
|
|
|
3724 {
|
|
|
3725 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
3726 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
|
|
|
3727 struct stat st;
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
|
|
|
3730 next_path = paths;
|
|
|
3731 while (*next_path)
|
|
|
3732 {
|
|
|
3733 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
|
|
|
3734 next_path++);
|
|
|
3735 if (*next_path)
|
|
|
3736 *next_path++ = NUL;
|
|
|
3737 STRCPY(test, path);
|
|
|
3738 STRCAT(test, "/");
|
|
|
3739 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
|
|
|
3740 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
|
|
|
3741 {
|
|
|
3742 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
|
|
|
3743 STRCPY(var, test);
|
|
|
3744 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3745 break;
|
|
|
3746 }
|
|
|
3747 }
|
|
|
3748 }
|
|
|
3749 # endif /* UNIX */
|
|
|
3750 #else
|
|
|
3751 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
|
|
|
3752 var = NULL;
|
|
|
3753 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
|
|
|
3754 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */
|
|
|
3755 }
|
|
|
3756
|
|
|
3757 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3758 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
|
|
|
3759 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
|
|
|
3760 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
|
|
|
3761 {
|
|
|
3762 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3765 {
|
|
|
3766 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3767 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3768 var = p;
|
|
|
3769 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3770 forward_slash(var);
|
|
|
3771 }
|
|
|
3772 }
|
|
|
3773 #endif
|
|
|
3774
|
|
|
3775 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
|
|
|
3776 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
|
|
|
3777 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
|
|
|
3778 {
|
|
|
3779 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3782 {
|
|
|
3783 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3784 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3785 var = p;
|
|
|
3786 mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3787 }
|
|
|
3788 }
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
|
|
|
3791 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
|
|
|
3792 {
|
|
|
3793 STRCPY(dst, var);
|
|
|
3794 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
835
|
3795 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
|
|
7
|
3796 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
|
|
|
3797 * with it, skip a character */
|
|
39
|
3798 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
|
|
7
|
3799 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
3800 && dst[-1] != ':'
|
|
|
3801 #endif
|
|
|
3802 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
|
|
|
3803 ++tail;
|
|
39
|
3804 dst += c;
|
|
7
|
3805 src = tail;
|
|
|
3806 copy_char = FALSE;
|
|
|
3807 }
|
|
|
3808 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3809 vim_free(var);
|
|
|
3810 }
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
|
|
|
3813 {
|
|
|
3814 /*
|
|
1224
|
3815 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
|
|
1408
|
3816 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
|
|
|
3817 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
|
|
7
|
3818 */
|
|
|
3819 at_start = FALSE;
|
|
|
3820 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
3821 {
|
|
|
3822 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3823 --dstlen;
|
|
|
3824 }
|
|
1408
|
3825 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
|
|
7
|
3826 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
|
3827 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
3828 --dstlen;
|
|
374
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
|
|
|
3831 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
|
|
|
3832 at_start = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3833 }
|
|
|
3834 }
|
|
|
3835 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
3836 }
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 /*
|
|
|
3839 * Vim's version of getenv().
|
|
|
3840 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
|
|
196
|
3841 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
|
|
7
|
3842 */
|
|
|
3843 char_u *
|
|
|
3844 vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
|
|
|
3845 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3846 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
|
|
|
3847 {
|
|
|
3848 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3849 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
3850 int vimruntime;
|
|
|
3851
|
|
|
3852 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
|
|
|
3853 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
|
|
|
3854 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
|
|
|
3855 return homedir;
|
|
|
3856 #endif
|
|
|
3857
|
|
|
3858 p = mch_getenv(name);
|
|
|
3859 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3860 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3861
|
|
|
3862 if (p != NULL)
|
|
170
|
3863 {
|
|
|
3864 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
3865 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3866 {
|
|
|
3867 int len;
|
|
|
3868 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
|
|
|
3871 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
|
|
835
|
3872 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3873 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3874 {
|
|
|
3875 p = pp;
|
|
|
3876 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3877 }
|
|
|
3878 }
|
|
|
3879 #endif
|
|
7
|
3880 return p;
|
|
170
|
3881 }
|
|
7
|
3882
|
|
|
3883 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
|
|
|
3884 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
|
|
|
3885 return NULL;
|
|
|
3886
|
|
|
3887 /*
|
|
|
3888 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
|
|
|
3889 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
|
|
|
3890 */
|
|
|
3891 if (vimruntime
|
|
|
3892 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
3893 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
|
|
|
3894 #endif
|
|
|
3895 )
|
|
|
3896 {
|
|
|
3897 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
|
3898 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
|
|
|
3899 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3900 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3901 {
|
|
|
3902 p = vim_version_dir(p);
|
|
|
3903 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3904 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3905 else
|
|
|
3906 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
|
|
170
|
3907
|
|
|
3908 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
3909 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
3910 {
|
|
|
3911 int len;
|
|
|
3912 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
3913
|
|
|
3914 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
|
|
|
3915 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
|
|
|
3916 * characters. */
|
|
835
|
3917 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
|
|
170
|
3918 if (pp != NULL)
|
|
|
3919 {
|
|
|
3920 if (mustfree)
|
|
|
3921 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3922 p = pp;
|
|
|
3923 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
3924 }
|
|
|
3925 }
|
|
|
3926 #endif
|
|
7
|
3927 }
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 /*
|
|
|
3931 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
|
|
|
3932 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
|
|
|
3933 * - the executable name from argv[0]
|
|
|
3934 */
|
|
|
3935 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
3936 {
|
|
|
3937 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
|
|
|
3938 p = p_hf;
|
|
|
3939 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3940 /*
|
|
|
3941 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
|
|
|
3942 */
|
|
|
3943 else
|
|
|
3944 p = exe_name;
|
|
|
3945 #endif
|
|
|
3946 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3947 {
|
|
|
3948 /* remove the file name */
|
|
|
3949 pend = gettail(p);
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
|
|
|
3952 if (p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3953 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
|
|
|
3954
|
|
|
3955 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
3956 # ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
768
|
3957 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
|
|
7
|
3958 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3959 {
|
|
|
3960 char_u *pend1;
|
|
768
|
3961 char_u *pnew;
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
|
|
|
3964 if (pend1 != pend)
|
|
|
3965 {
|
|
|
3966 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
|
|
|
3967 if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
|
3968 {
|
|
|
3969 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
|
|
|
3970 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
|
|
|
3971 p = pnew;
|
|
|
3972 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3973 }
|
|
|
3974 }
|
|
7
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976 # endif
|
|
|
3977 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
|
|
|
3978 if (p == exe_name)
|
|
|
3979 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
|
|
|
3980 #endif
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
|
|
|
3983 if (!vimruntime)
|
|
|
3984 {
|
|
|
3985 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
|
|
|
3986 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
|
|
|
3987 }
|
|
|
3988
|
|
|
3989 /* remove trailing path separator */
|
|
|
3990 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
3991 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
|
|
1532
|
3992 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
|
|
39
|
3993 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
|
|
7
|
3994 --pend;
|
|
|
3995 #endif
|
|
|
3996
|
|
768
|
3997 #ifdef MACOS_X
|
|
|
3998 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
|
|
|
3999 #endif
|
|
|
4000 /* check that the result is a directory name */
|
|
|
4001 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
|
|
7
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
4004 {
|
|
|
4005 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4006 p = NULL;
|
|
|
4007 }
|
|
|
4008 else
|
|
|
4009 {
|
|
|
4010 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
4011 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
|
|
|
4012 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4013 {
|
|
|
4014 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4015 p = pend;
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017 #endif
|
|
|
4018 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
4019 }
|
|
|
4020 }
|
|
|
4021 }
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
|
|
|
4024 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
|
|
|
4025 * default_vimruntime_dir */
|
|
|
4026 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
4027 {
|
|
|
4028 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
|
|
|
4029 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
4030 {
|
|
|
4031 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
|
|
|
4032 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
4033 }
|
|
|
4034 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
|
|
|
4035 {
|
|
|
4036 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4037 *mustfree = TRUE;
|
|
|
4038 else
|
|
|
4039 {
|
|
|
4040 p = default_vim_dir;
|
|
|
4041 *mustfree = FALSE;
|
|
|
4042 }
|
|
|
4043 }
|
|
|
4044 }
|
|
|
4045 #endif
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 /*
|
|
|
4048 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
|
|
|
4049 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
|
|
|
4050 */
|
|
|
4051 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4052 {
|
|
|
4053 if (vimruntime)
|
|
|
4054 {
|
|
|
4055 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
|
|
|
4056 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
|
|
|
4057 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
|
|
|
4058 {
|
|
115
|
4059 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
|
|
7
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
|
|
|
4064 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
4065 }
|
|
|
4066 }
|
|
|
4067 #endif
|
|
|
4068 }
|
|
|
4069 else
|
|
|
4070 {
|
|
|
4071 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
|
|
|
4072 didset_vim = TRUE;
|
|
|
4073 }
|
|
|
4074 }
|
|
|
4075 return p;
|
|
|
4076 }
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
4078 /*
|
|
|
4079 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
|
|
|
4080 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
|
|
|
4081 */
|
|
|
4082 static char_u *
|
|
|
4083 vim_version_dir(vimdir)
|
|
|
4084 char_u *vimdir;
|
|
|
4085 {
|
|
|
4086 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4087
|
|
|
4088 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
|
|
|
4089 return NULL;
|
|
|
4090 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
|
|
|
4091 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
4092 return p;
|
|
|
4093 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4094 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
|
|
|
4095 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
|
|
|
4096 return p;
|
|
|
4097 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4098 return NULL;
|
|
|
4099 }
|
|
|
4100
|
|
|
4101 /*
|
|
|
4102 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
|
|
|
4103 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
|
|
|
4104 */
|
|
|
4105 static char_u *
|
|
|
4106 remove_tail(p, pend, name)
|
|
|
4107 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4108 char_u *pend;
|
|
|
4109 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4110 {
|
|
|
4111 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
|
|
|
4112 char_u *newend = pend - len;
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 if (newend >= p
|
|
|
4115 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
|
|
39
|
4116 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
|
|
7
|
4117 return newend;
|
|
|
4118 return pend;
|
|
|
4119 }
|
|
|
4120
|
|
|
4121 /*
|
|
|
4122 * Our portable version of setenv.
|
|
|
4123 */
|
|
|
4124 void
|
|
|
4125 vim_setenv(name, val)
|
|
|
4126 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4127 char_u *val;
|
|
|
4128 {
|
|
|
4129 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV
|
|
|
4130 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
|
|
|
4131 #else
|
|
|
4132 char_u *envbuf;
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 /*
|
|
|
4135 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
|
|
|
4136 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
|
|
|
4137 */
|
|
|
4138 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
|
|
|
4139 if (envbuf != NULL)
|
|
|
4140 {
|
|
|
4141 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
|
|
|
4142 putenv((char *)envbuf);
|
|
|
4143 }
|
|
|
4144 #endif
|
|
|
4145 }
|
|
|
4146
|
|
|
4147 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4148 /*
|
|
|
4149 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
|
|
|
4150 */
|
|
|
4151 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4152 char_u *
|
|
|
4153 get_env_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
4154 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
4155 int idx;
|
|
|
4156 {
|
|
|
4157 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
|
|
|
4158 /*
|
|
|
4159 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
|
|
|
4160 */
|
|
|
4161 return NULL;
|
|
|
4162 # else
|
|
|
4163 # ifndef __WIN32__
|
|
|
4164 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
|
|
|
4165 extern char **environ;
|
|
|
4166 # endif
|
|
17
|
4167 # define ENVNAMELEN 100
|
|
|
4168 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
|
|
7
|
4169 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4170 int n;
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
|
|
|
4173 if (str == NULL)
|
|
|
4174 return NULL;
|
|
|
4175
|
|
17
|
4176 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
|
|
7
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
|
|
|
4179 break;
|
|
|
4180 name[n] = str[n];
|
|
|
4181 }
|
|
|
4182 name[n] = NUL;
|
|
|
4183 return name;
|
|
|
4184 # endif
|
|
|
4185 }
|
|
|
4186 #endif
|
|
|
4187
|
|
|
4188 /*
|
|
|
4189 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
|
|
|
4190 * 'src'.
|
|
|
4191 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
|
|
|
4192 */
|
|
|
4193 void
|
|
|
4194 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
|
|
|
4195 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4196 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4197 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
|
|
|
4198 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
|
|
|
4199 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
|
|
|
4200 spaces and commas in the file name. */
|
|
|
4201 {
|
|
|
4202 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
|
|
|
4203 size_t len;
|
|
|
4204 char_u *homedir_env;
|
|
|
4205 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 if (src == NULL)
|
|
|
4208 {
|
|
|
4209 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4210 return;
|
|
|
4211 }
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 /*
|
|
|
4214 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
|
|
|
4215 */
|
|
|
4216 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
|
|
|
4217 {
|
|
|
4218 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
|
|
|
4219 return;
|
|
|
4220 }
|
|
|
4221
|
|
|
4222 /*
|
|
|
4223 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
|
|
|
4224 * "real" home directory.
|
|
|
4225 */
|
|
|
4226 if (homedir != NULL)
|
|
|
4227 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
|
|
|
4228
|
|
|
4229 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4230 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
|
|
|
4231 #else
|
|
|
4232 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
|
|
|
4233 #endif
|
|
|
4234
|
|
|
4235 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
|
|
|
4236 homedir_env = NULL;
|
|
|
4237 if (homedir_env != NULL)
|
|
|
4238 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
|
|
|
4239
|
|
|
4240 if (!one)
|
|
|
4241 src = skipwhite(src);
|
|
|
4242 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4243 {
|
|
|
4244 /*
|
|
|
4245 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
|
|
|
4246 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
|
|
|
4247 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
|
|
|
4248 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
|
|
|
4249 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
|
|
|
4250 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
|
|
|
4251 * er's home directory)).
|
|
|
4252 */
|
|
|
4253 p = homedir;
|
|
|
4254 len = dirlen;
|
|
|
4255 for (;;)
|
|
|
4256 {
|
|
|
4257 if ( len
|
|
|
4258 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
|
|
|
4259 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
|
|
|
4260 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
|
|
|
4261 || src[len] == NUL))
|
|
|
4262 {
|
|
|
4263 src += len;
|
|
|
4264 if (--dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4265 *dst++ = '~';
|
|
|
4266
|
|
|
4267 /*
|
|
|
4268 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
|
|
|
4269 */
|
|
|
4270 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4271 *dst++ = '/';
|
|
|
4272 break;
|
|
|
4273 }
|
|
|
4274 if (p == homedir_env)
|
|
|
4275 break;
|
|
|
4276 p = homedir_env;
|
|
|
4277 len = envlen;
|
|
|
4278 }
|
|
|
4279
|
|
|
4280 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
|
|
|
4281 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4282 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4283 /* skip separator */
|
|
|
4284 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
|
|
|
4285 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
4286 }
|
|
|
4287 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
|
|
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 *dst = NUL;
|
|
|
4290 }
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 /*
|
|
|
4293 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4294 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
|
|
|
4295 */
|
|
|
4296 char_u *
|
|
|
4297 home_replace_save(buf, src)
|
|
|
4298 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
|
|
|
4299 char_u *src; /* input file name */
|
|
|
4300 {
|
|
|
4301 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
4302 unsigned len;
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
|
|
|
4305 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
4306 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
|
|
|
4307 dst = alloc(len);
|
|
|
4308 if (dst != NULL)
|
|
|
4309 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
|
|
|
4310 return dst;
|
|
|
4311 }
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 /*
|
|
|
4314 * Compare two file names and return:
|
|
|
4315 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
|
|
|
4316 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
|
|
|
4317 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
|
|
|
4318 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
|
|
|
4319 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
|
|
|
4320 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
|
|
|
4321 */
|
|
|
4322 int
|
|
|
4323 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
|
|
|
4324 char_u *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
4325 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
|
|
|
4326 {
|
|
|
4327 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4328 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4329 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4330 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
4331 struct stat st1, st2;
|
|
|
4332 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4333
|
|
|
4334 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4335 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
|
|
|
4336 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
|
|
|
4337 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4338 {
|
|
|
4339 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
|
|
|
4340 if (checkname)
|
|
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4343 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4344 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4345 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4346 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
|
|
|
4347 return FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4348 }
|
|
|
4349 return FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4350 }
|
|
|
4351 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
|
|
|
4352 return FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4353 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
|
|
|
4354 return FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4355 return FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4356 #else
|
|
|
4357 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
|
|
|
4358 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
|
|
|
4359 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
|
|
|
4360 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4361 int r1, r2;
|
|
|
4362
|
|
|
4363 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
|
|
|
4364 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
|
|
|
4365 {
|
|
|
4366 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4367 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
|
|
|
4368
|
|
|
4369 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4370 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4371 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
4374 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4375 {
|
|
|
4376 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
|
|
|
4377 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
|
|
|
4378 else
|
|
|
4379 retval = FPC_NOTX;
|
|
|
4380 }
|
|
|
4381 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
|
|
|
4382 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
|
|
|
4383 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
|
|
|
4384 retval = FPC_DIFF;
|
|
|
4385 else
|
|
|
4386 retval = FPC_SAME;
|
|
|
4387 vim_free(exp1);
|
|
|
4388 }
|
|
|
4389 return retval;
|
|
|
4390 #endif
|
|
|
4391 }
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 /*
|
|
10
|
4394 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
|
|
|
4395 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
|
|
7
|
4396 */
|
|
|
4397 char_u *
|
|
|
4398 gettail(fname)
|
|
|
4399 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4400 {
|
|
|
4401 char_u *p1, *p2;
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4404 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4405 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
|
|
|
4406 {
|
|
|
4407 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
|
|
|
4408 p1 = p2 + 1;
|
|
39
|
4409 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
|
|
7
|
4410 }
|
|
|
4411 return p1;
|
|
|
4412 }
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 /*
|
|
39
|
4415 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
|
|
|
4416 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
|
|
|
4417 * Always returns a valid pointer.
|
|
|
4418 */
|
|
|
4419 char_u *
|
|
|
4420 gettail_sep(fname)
|
|
|
4421 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4422 {
|
|
|
4423 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4424 char_u *t;
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
|
|
|
4427 t = gettail(fname);
|
|
|
4428 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
|
|
|
4429 --t;
|
|
|
4430 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4431 /* path separator is part of the path */
|
|
|
4432 ++t;
|
|
|
4433 #endif
|
|
|
4434 return t;
|
|
|
4435 }
|
|
|
4436
|
|
|
4437 /*
|
|
7
|
4438 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
|
|
|
4439 */
|
|
|
4440 char_u *
|
|
|
4441 getnextcomp(fname)
|
|
|
4442 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4443 {
|
|
|
4444 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
|
|
39
|
4445 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
|
|
7
|
4446 if (*fname)
|
|
|
4447 ++fname;
|
|
|
4448 return fname;
|
|
|
4449 }
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 /*
|
|
|
4452 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
|
|
|
4453 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
|
|
|
4454 * If there is no head, path is returned.
|
|
|
4455 */
|
|
|
4456 char_u *
|
|
|
4457 get_past_head(path)
|
|
|
4458 char_u *path;
|
|
|
4459 {
|
|
|
4460 char_u *retval;
|
|
|
4461
|
|
|
4462 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
4463 /* may skip "c:" */
|
|
|
4464 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
4465 retval = path + 2;
|
|
|
4466 else
|
|
|
4467 retval = path;
|
|
|
4468 #else
|
|
|
4469 # if defined(AMIGA)
|
|
|
4470 /* may skip "label:" */
|
|
|
4471 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
|
|
|
4472 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
4473 retval = path;
|
|
|
4474 # else /* Unix */
|
|
|
4475 retval = path;
|
|
|
4476 # endif
|
|
|
4477 #endif
|
|
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
|
|
|
4480 ++retval;
|
|
|
4481
|
|
|
4482 return retval;
|
|
|
4483 }
|
|
|
4484
|
|
|
4485 /*
|
|
|
4486 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
|
|
|
4487 */
|
|
|
4488 int
|
|
|
4489 vim_ispathsep(c)
|
|
|
4490 int c;
|
|
|
4491 {
|
|
|
4492 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
4493 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
|
|
|
4494 #else
|
|
|
4495 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4496 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
|
|
|
4497 # else
|
|
|
4498 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
4499 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
|
|
|
4500 # else
|
|
|
4501 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
4502 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
|
|
|
4503 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
|
|
|
4504 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
|
|
720
|
4505 # else /* Amiga */
|
|
7
|
4506 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
|
|
|
4507 # endif /* VMS */
|
|
|
4508 # endif
|
|
|
4509 # endif
|
|
|
4510 #endif /* RISC OS */
|
|
|
4511 }
|
|
|
4512
|
|
|
4513 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4514 /*
|
|
|
4515 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
|
|
|
4516 */
|
|
|
4517 int
|
|
|
4518 vim_ispathlistsep(c)
|
|
|
4519 int c;
|
|
|
4520 {
|
|
|
4521 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4522 return (c == ':');
|
|
|
4523 #else
|
|
1224
|
4524 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
|
|
7
|
4525 #endif
|
|
|
4526 }
|
|
|
4527 #endif
|
|
|
4528
|
|
819
|
4529 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
|
|
|
4530 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4531 /*
|
|
|
4532 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
|
|
|
4533 * It's done in-place.
|
|
|
4534 */
|
|
|
4535 void
|
|
|
4536 shorten_dir(str)
|
|
|
4537 char_u *str;
|
|
|
4538 {
|
|
|
4539 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
|
|
|
4540 int skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 tail = gettail(str);
|
|
|
4543 d = str;
|
|
|
4544 for (s = str; ; ++s)
|
|
|
4545 {
|
|
|
4546 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
|
|
|
4547 {
|
|
|
4548 *d++ = *s;
|
|
|
4549 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
4550 break;
|
|
|
4551 }
|
|
|
4552 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
|
|
|
4553 {
|
|
|
4554 *d++ = *s;
|
|
|
4555 skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
4556 }
|
|
|
4557 else if (!skip)
|
|
|
4558 {
|
|
|
4559 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
|
|
|
4560 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
|
|
|
4561 skip = TRUE;
|
|
|
4562 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4563 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4564 {
|
|
|
4565 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 while (--l > 0)
|
|
927
|
4568 *d++ = *++s;
|
|
819
|
4569 }
|
|
|
4570 # endif
|
|
|
4571 }
|
|
|
4572 }
|
|
|
4573 }
|
|
|
4574 #endif
|
|
|
4575
|
|
594
|
4576 /*
|
|
|
4577 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
|
|
|
4578 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
|
|
|
4579 * "fname" must be writable!.
|
|
|
4580 */
|
|
|
4581 int
|
|
|
4582 dir_of_file_exists(fname)
|
|
|
4583 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4584 {
|
|
|
4585 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4586 int c;
|
|
|
4587 int retval;
|
|
|
4588
|
|
|
4589 p = gettail_sep(fname);
|
|
|
4590 if (p == fname)
|
|
|
4591 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4592 c = *p;
|
|
|
4593 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4594 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
|
|
|
4595 *p = c;
|
|
|
4596 return retval;
|
|
|
4597 }
|
|
|
4598
|
|
7
|
4599 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
|
|
|
4600 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4601 /*
|
|
|
4602 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
|
|
|
4603 */
|
|
|
4604 int
|
|
|
4605 vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
|
|
|
4606 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4607 {
|
|
|
4608 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4609 }
|
|
|
4610
|
|
|
4611 int
|
|
|
4612 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
|
|
|
4613 char_u *x, *y;
|
|
|
4614 size_t len;
|
|
|
4615 {
|
|
|
4616 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
|
|
|
4617 {
|
|
|
4618 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
|
|
|
4619 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
|
|
|
4620 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
|
|
|
4621 break;
|
|
|
4622 ++x;
|
|
|
4623 ++y;
|
|
|
4624 --len;
|
|
|
4625 }
|
|
|
4626 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
4627 return 0;
|
|
|
4628 return (*x - *y);
|
|
|
4629 }
|
|
|
4630 #endif
|
|
|
4631
|
|
|
4632 /*
|
|
|
4633 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
|
|
1224
|
4634 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
|
|
7
|
4635 */
|
|
|
4636 char_u *
|
|
|
4637 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
|
|
|
4638 char_u *fname1;
|
|
|
4639 char_u *fname2;
|
|
|
4640 int sep;
|
|
|
4641 {
|
|
|
4642 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4643
|
|
|
4644 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
|
|
|
4645 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4646 {
|
|
|
4647 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
|
|
|
4648 if (sep)
|
|
|
4649 add_pathsep(dest);
|
|
|
4650 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652 return dest;
|
|
|
4653 }
|
|
|
4654
|
|
115
|
4655 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4656 /*
|
|
|
4657 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
|
|
|
4658 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4659 */
|
|
|
4660 char_u *
|
|
|
4661 concat_str(str1, str2)
|
|
|
4662 char_u *str1;
|
|
|
4663 char_u *str2;
|
|
|
4664 {
|
|
|
4665 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4666 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
|
|
|
4667
|
|
|
4668 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
|
|
|
4669 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4670 {
|
|
|
4671 STRCPY(dest, str1);
|
|
|
4672 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
|
|
|
4673 }
|
|
|
4674 return dest;
|
|
|
4675 }
|
|
|
4676 #endif
|
|
|
4677
|
|
7
|
4678 /*
|
|
|
4679 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
|
|
|
4680 * separator.
|
|
|
4681 */
|
|
|
4682 void
|
|
|
4683 add_pathsep(p)
|
|
|
4684 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4685 {
|
|
39
|
4686 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
|
|
7
|
4687 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4688 }
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690 /*
|
|
|
4691 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
|
|
|
4692 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
4693 */
|
|
|
4694 char_u *
|
|
|
4695 FullName_save(fname, force)
|
|
|
4696 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4697 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
|
|
|
4698 like a full path name */
|
|
|
4699 {
|
|
|
4700 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4701 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
4704 return NULL;
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
4707 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
4708 {
|
|
|
4709 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
|
|
|
4710 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
4711 else
|
|
|
4712 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
|
4713 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
4714 }
|
|
|
4715 return new_fname;
|
|
|
4716 }
|
|
|
4717
|
|
|
4718 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
4719
|
|
|
4720 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
4721
|
|
|
4722 /*
|
|
|
4723 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
|
|
|
4724 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
|
|
|
4725 */
|
|
|
4726 pos_T *
|
|
|
4727 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4728 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4729 {
|
|
|
4730 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
4731 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4732 char_u *p;
|
|
829
|
4733 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4734
|
|
|
4735 for (;;)
|
|
|
4736 {
|
|
|
4737 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
|
|
|
4738 if (pos == NULL)
|
|
|
4739 break;
|
|
|
4740
|
|
|
4741 /*
|
|
|
4742 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
|
|
|
4743 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
|
|
|
4744 */
|
|
|
4745 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
4746 for (p = line; *p && (unsigned)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
|
|
|
4747 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
4748 if ((unsigned)(p - line) <= pos->col)
|
|
|
4749 break;
|
|
|
4750 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
|
|
|
4751 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
|
|
|
4752 {
|
|
|
4753 pos = NULL;
|
|
|
4754 break;
|
|
|
4755 }
|
|
|
4756 }
|
|
7
|
4757 return pos;
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 /*
|
|
|
4761 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
|
|
|
4762 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
|
|
|
4763 */
|
|
|
4764 static char_u *
|
|
|
4765 skip_string(p)
|
|
|
4766 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4767 {
|
|
|
4768 int i;
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 /*
|
|
|
4771 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
|
|
|
4772 */
|
|
|
4773 for ( ; ; ++p)
|
|
|
4774 {
|
|
|
4775 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4776 {
|
|
|
4777 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
|
|
|
4778 break;
|
|
|
4779 i = 2;
|
|
|
4780 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 ++i;
|
|
|
4783 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
|
|
|
4784 ++i;
|
|
|
4785 }
|
|
|
4786 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
|
|
|
4787 {
|
|
|
4788 p += i;
|
|
|
4789 continue;
|
|
|
4790 }
|
|
|
4791 }
|
|
|
4792 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
|
|
|
4793 {
|
|
|
4794 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
|
|
|
4795 {
|
|
|
4796 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4797 ++p;
|
|
|
4798 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
|
|
|
4799 break;
|
|
|
4800 }
|
|
|
4801 if (p[0] == '"')
|
|
|
4802 continue;
|
|
|
4803 }
|
|
|
4804 break; /* no string found */
|
|
|
4805 }
|
|
|
4806 if (!*p)
|
|
|
4807 --p; /* backup from NUL */
|
|
|
4808 return p;
|
|
|
4809 }
|
|
|
4810 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
4811
|
|
|
4812 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4813
|
|
|
4814 /*
|
|
|
4815 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
|
|
|
4816 */
|
|
|
4817 void
|
|
|
4818 do_c_expr_indent()
|
|
|
4819 {
|
|
|
4820 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
4821 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
4822 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
|
|
|
4823 else
|
|
|
4824 # endif
|
|
|
4825 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
|
|
|
4826 }
|
|
|
4827
|
|
|
4828 /*
|
|
|
4829 * Functions for C-indenting.
|
|
|
4830 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
|
|
|
4831 */
|
|
|
4832 /*
|
|
|
4833 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
|
|
|
4834 */
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4837 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4838 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4839 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
|
|
|
4840 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4841 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
|
|
|
4842 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4843 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4844 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4845 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
4846 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4847 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
|
|
|
4848 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4849 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4850 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
4851 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
4852 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
|
|
|
4853 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4854 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4855 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
|
4856 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
|
|
829
|
4857 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
7
|
4858 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
|
|
1336
|
4859 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
|
|
828
|
4860 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
|
|
7
|
4861 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
4862 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
|
|
|
4863 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
4864 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
|
|
|
4865 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
|
|
|
4866 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
|
|
|
4867 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
|
|
|
4868
|
|
1096
|
4869 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
|
|
|
4870
|
|
7
|
4871 /*
|
|
|
4872 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
|
|
1096
|
4873 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
|
|
7
|
4874 */
|
|
|
4875 static char_u *
|
|
|
4876 cin_skipcomment(s)
|
|
|
4877 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4878 {
|
|
|
4879 while (*s)
|
|
|
4880 {
|
|
1096
|
4881 char_u *prev_s = s;
|
|
|
4882
|
|
7
|
4883 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
1096
|
4884
|
|
|
4885 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
|
|
|
4886 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
|
|
|
4887 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
|
|
|
4888 {
|
|
|
4889 s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
4890 break;
|
|
|
4891 }
|
|
7
|
4892 if (*s != '/')
|
|
|
4893 break;
|
|
|
4894 ++s;
|
|
|
4895 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
|
|
|
4896 {
|
|
|
4897 s += STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
4898 break;
|
|
|
4899 }
|
|
|
4900 if (*s != '*')
|
|
|
4901 break;
|
|
|
4902 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
|
|
|
4903 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
|
|
|
4904 {
|
|
|
4905 s += 2;
|
|
|
4906 break;
|
|
|
4907 }
|
|
|
4908 }
|
|
|
4909 return s;
|
|
|
4910 }
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 /*
|
|
|
4913 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
|
|
|
4914 * not considered code.
|
|
|
4915 */
|
|
|
4916 static int
|
|
|
4917 cin_nocode(s)
|
|
|
4918 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
|
4920 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
|
|
|
4921 }
|
|
|
4922
|
|
|
4923 /*
|
|
|
4924 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
|
|
|
4925 */
|
|
|
4926 static pos_T *
|
|
|
4927 find_line_comment() /* XXX */
|
|
|
4928 {
|
|
|
4929 static pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4930 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4931 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4934 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
|
|
|
4935 {
|
|
|
4936 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
|
|
|
4937 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
4938 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
|
|
|
4939 {
|
|
|
4940 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
4941 return &pos;
|
|
|
4942 }
|
|
|
4943 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
4944 break;
|
|
|
4945 }
|
|
|
4946 return NULL;
|
|
|
4947 }
|
|
|
4948
|
|
|
4949 /*
|
|
|
4950 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
|
|
|
4951 */
|
|
|
4952 static int
|
|
|
4953 cin_islabel_skip(s)
|
|
|
4954 char_u **s;
|
|
|
4955 {
|
|
|
4956 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
|
|
|
4957 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
|
|
|
4960 (*s)++;
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
|
|
|
4963
|
|
|
4964 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
|
|
|
4965 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
|
|
|
4966 }
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 /*
|
|
|
4969 * Recognize a label: "label:".
|
|
|
4970 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
|
|
|
4971 */
|
|
|
4972 int
|
|
|
4973 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
4974 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
4975 {
|
|
|
4976 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4977
|
|
|
4978 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4979
|
|
|
4980 /*
|
|
|
4981 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
|
|
|
4982 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
|
|
|
4983 */
|
|
|
4984 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
4985 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4986 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
|
|
|
4987 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4988
|
|
|
4989 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
|
|
|
4990 {
|
|
|
4991 /*
|
|
|
4992 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
|
|
|
4993 * label.
|
|
|
4994 */
|
|
|
4995 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
4996 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
4997 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5000 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5001 {
|
|
|
5002 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 /*
|
|
|
5005 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
5006 */
|
|
|
5007 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5008 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5009 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5012 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
5013 continue;
|
|
|
5014 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
|
|
|
5015 continue;
|
|
|
5016
|
|
|
5017 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5018 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
|
|
|
5019 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
|
|
|
5020 || cin_iscase(line)
|
|
|
5021 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
|
|
|
5022 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5023 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5024 }
|
|
|
5025 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5026 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
|
|
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 /*
|
|
|
5032 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
|
|
|
5033 * Q&D-Implementation:
|
|
|
5034 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
|
|
|
5035 */
|
|
|
5036 static int
|
|
|
5037 cin_isinit(void)
|
|
|
5038 {
|
|
|
5039 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5040
|
|
|
5041 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
|
|
|
5044 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
5047 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
|
|
|
5050 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5051
|
|
|
5052 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5053 }
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 /*
|
|
|
5056 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
|
|
|
5057 */
|
|
|
5058 int
|
|
|
5059 cin_iscase(s)
|
|
|
5060 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5061 {
|
|
|
5062 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5063 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
|
|
|
5064 {
|
|
|
5065 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
|
|
|
5066 {
|
|
|
5067 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5068 if (*s == ':')
|
|
|
5069 {
|
|
|
5070 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
5071 ++s;
|
|
|
5072 else
|
|
|
5073 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5074 }
|
|
|
5075 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
5076 s += 2; /* skip over '.' */
|
|
|
5077 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
|
|
|
5078 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
|
|
|
5079 else if (*s == '"')
|
|
|
5080 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
|
|
|
5081 }
|
|
|
5082 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 if (cin_isdefault(s))
|
|
|
5086 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5087 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5088 }
|
|
|
5089
|
|
|
5090 /*
|
|
|
5091 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
|
|
|
5092 */
|
|
|
5093 static int
|
|
|
5094 cin_isdefault(s)
|
|
|
5095 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5096 {
|
|
|
5097 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
|
|
|
5098 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
|
|
|
5099 && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
5100 }
|
|
|
5101
|
|
|
5102 /*
|
|
|
5103 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
|
|
|
5104 */
|
|
|
5105 int
|
|
|
5106 cin_isscopedecl(s)
|
|
|
5107 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5108 {
|
|
|
5109 int i;
|
|
|
5110
|
|
|
5111 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5112 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5113 i = 6;
|
|
|
5114 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
5115 i = 9;
|
|
|
5116 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
5117 i = 7;
|
|
|
5118 else
|
|
|
5119 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5120 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
|
|
|
5121 }
|
|
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 /*
|
|
|
5124 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
|
|
|
5125 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
|
5126 * case 234: a = b;
|
|
|
5127 * ^
|
|
|
5128 */
|
|
|
5129 static char_u *
|
|
|
5130 after_label(l)
|
|
|
5131 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5132 {
|
|
|
5133 for ( ; *l; ++l)
|
|
|
5134 {
|
|
|
5135 if (*l == ':')
|
|
|
5136 {
|
|
|
5137 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
|
|
|
5138 ++l;
|
|
|
5139 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1))
|
|
|
5140 break;
|
|
|
5141 }
|
|
|
5142 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
|
|
|
5143 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
|
|
|
5144 }
|
|
|
5145 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
5146 return NULL;
|
|
|
5147 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
|
|
|
5148 if (*l == NUL)
|
|
|
5149 return NULL;
|
|
|
5150 return l;
|
|
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 /*
|
|
|
5154 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
|
|
|
5155 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
|
|
|
5156 */
|
|
|
5157 static int
|
|
|
5158 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5159 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5160 {
|
|
|
5161 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5162 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5163 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5164 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5165
|
|
|
5166 l = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5167 p = after_label(l);
|
|
|
5168 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5169 return 0;
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
|
|
|
5172 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5173 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5174 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5175 }
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 /*
|
|
|
5178 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
|
|
829
|
5179 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
|
|
7
|
5180 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
|
|
|
5181 * ^
|
|
|
5182 */
|
|
|
5183 static int
|
|
|
5184 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
5185 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5186 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
5187 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5188 {
|
|
|
5189 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5190 int amount;
|
|
|
5191 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5192
|
|
|
5193 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5194 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5195 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5196 /* XXX */
|
|
|
5197 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
5198 {
|
|
|
5199 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
|
|
|
5200 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5201 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
5202 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5203 }
|
|
|
5204 else
|
|
|
5205 {
|
|
|
5206 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
5207 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5208 }
|
|
|
5209 *pp = l;
|
|
|
5210
|
|
|
5211 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5212 return amount;
|
|
|
5213 }
|
|
|
5214
|
|
|
5215 /*
|
|
|
5216 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
|
|
|
5217 * int a, indent of "a"
|
|
|
5218 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
|
|
|
5219 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
|
|
|
5220 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
|
|
|
5221 */
|
|
|
5222 static int
|
|
|
5223 cin_first_id_amount()
|
|
|
5224 {
|
|
|
5225 char_u *line, *p, *s;
|
|
|
5226 int len;
|
|
|
5227 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5228 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5229
|
|
|
5230 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5231 p = skipwhite(line);
|
|
835
|
5232 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
|
|
7
|
5233 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
856
|
5236 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
|
|
7
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
|
|
|
5239 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
|
|
|
5240 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5241 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
|
5242 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
5243 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
|
|
|
5244 {
|
|
|
5245 s = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5246 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
|
|
|
5247 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
|
|
|
5248 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
|
|
|
5249 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
|
|
|
5250 p = s;
|
|
|
5251 }
|
|
|
5252 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
|
|
|
5253 ;
|
|
|
5254 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
|
|
|
5255 return 0;
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 p = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5258 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5259 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
|
|
|
5260 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5261 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 /*
|
|
|
5265 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
|
|
|
5266 * char *foo = "here";
|
|
|
5267 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
|
|
|
5268 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
|
|
|
5269 * foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
5270 * asdf\
|
|
|
5271 * here";
|
|
|
5272 */
|
|
|
5273 static int
|
|
|
5274 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
|
|
|
5275 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5276 {
|
|
|
5277 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5278 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5279 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5280 pos_T fp;
|
|
|
5281
|
|
|
5282 if (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5283 {
|
|
|
5284 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5285 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
5286 return -1;
|
|
|
5287 }
|
|
|
5288
|
|
|
5289 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5290 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
|
|
|
5291 {
|
|
|
5292 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5293 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5294 else
|
|
|
5295 ++s;
|
|
|
5296 }
|
|
|
5297 if (*s != '=')
|
|
|
5298 return 0;
|
|
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
|
|
|
5301 if (cin_nocode(s))
|
|
|
5302 return 0;
|
|
|
5303
|
|
|
5304 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
|
|
|
5305 ++s;
|
|
|
5306
|
|
|
5307 fp.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5308 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5309 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5310 return (int)col;
|
|
|
5311 }
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 /*
|
|
|
5314 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
|
|
|
5315 */
|
|
|
5316 static int
|
|
|
5317 cin_ispreproc(s)
|
|
|
5318 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5319 {
|
|
|
5320 s = skipwhite(s);
|
|
|
5321 if (*s == '#')
|
|
|
5322 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5323 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 /*
|
|
|
5327 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
|
|
|
5328 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
|
|
|
5329 * start and return the line in "*pp".
|
|
|
5330 */
|
|
|
5331 static int
|
|
|
5332 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
|
|
|
5333 char_u **pp;
|
|
|
5334 linenr_T *lnump;
|
|
|
5335 {
|
|
|
5336 char_u *line = *pp;
|
|
|
5337 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
|
|
|
5338 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5339
|
|
408
|
5340 for (;;)
|
|
7
|
5341 {
|
|
|
5342 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
|
|
|
5343 {
|
|
|
5344 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5345 *lnump = lnum;
|
|
|
5346 break;
|
|
|
5347 }
|
|
|
5348 if (lnum == 1)
|
|
|
5349 break;
|
|
|
5350 line = ml_get(--lnum);
|
|
|
5351 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5352 break;
|
|
|
5353 }
|
|
|
5354
|
|
|
5355 if (lnum != *lnump)
|
|
|
5356 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
|
|
|
5357 return retval;
|
|
|
5358 }
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 /*
|
|
|
5361 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
|
|
|
5362 */
|
|
|
5363 static int
|
|
|
5364 cin_iscomment(p)
|
|
|
5365 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5366 {
|
|
|
5367 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
|
|
|
5368 }
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 /*
|
|
|
5371 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
|
|
|
5372 */
|
|
|
5373 static int
|
|
|
5374 cin_islinecomment(p)
|
|
|
5375 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5376 {
|
|
|
5377 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379
|
|
|
5380 /*
|
|
|
5381 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
|
|
|
5382 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
|
|
|
5383 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
|
|
|
5384 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
|
|
|
5385 */
|
|
|
5386 static int
|
|
|
5387 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
|
|
|
5388 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5389 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
|
|
|
5390 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
|
|
|
5391 {
|
|
|
5392 char_u found_start = 0;
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
|
|
|
5397 found_start = *s;
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 while (*s)
|
|
|
5400 {
|
|
|
5401 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
|
|
|
5402 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
|
|
|
5403 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
|
|
|
5404 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
|
|
|
5405 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5406 return *s;
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 if (*s)
|
|
|
5409 s++;
|
|
|
5410 }
|
|
|
5411 return found_start;
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 /*
|
|
|
5415 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
|
|
|
5416 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
|
|
|
5417 * no semicolons anywhere.
|
|
|
5418 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
|
|
|
5419 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
|
|
|
5420 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
|
|
|
5421 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
|
|
|
5422 */
|
|
|
5423 static int
|
|
|
5424 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
|
|
|
5425 char_u **sp;
|
|
|
5426 linenr_T first_lnum;
|
|
|
5427 {
|
|
|
5428 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5429 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
|
|
|
5430 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5431
|
|
|
5432 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
5433 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5434 else
|
|
|
5435 s = *sp;
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5438 {
|
|
|
5439 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5440 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5441 else
|
|
|
5442 ++s;
|
|
|
5443 }
|
|
|
5444 if (*s != '(')
|
|
|
5445 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
|
|
|
5446
|
|
|
5447 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
|
|
|
5448 {
|
|
|
5449 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5450 {
|
|
|
5451 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
|
|
|
5452 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
|
|
|
5453 * #if defined(x) && \
|
|
|
5454 * defined(y)
|
|
|
5455 */
|
|
|
5456 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
|
|
|
5457 s = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5458 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
5459 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5460 goto done;
|
|
|
5461 }
|
|
|
5462 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5463 {
|
|
|
5464 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
|
|
|
5465 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5466 break;
|
|
|
5467
|
|
|
5468 s = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
|
5469 }
|
|
|
5470 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
|
|
|
5471 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5472 else
|
|
|
5473 ++s;
|
|
|
5474 }
|
|
|
5475
|
|
|
5476 done:
|
|
|
5477 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
|
|
|
5478 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
|
|
|
5479
|
|
|
5480 return retval;
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 static int
|
|
|
5484 cin_isif(p)
|
|
|
5485 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5486 {
|
|
|
5487 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5488 }
|
|
|
5489
|
|
|
5490 static int
|
|
|
5491 cin_iselse(p)
|
|
|
5492 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5493 {
|
|
|
5494 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
|
|
|
5495 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5496 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
|
|
|
5497 }
|
|
|
5498
|
|
|
5499 static int
|
|
|
5500 cin_isdo(p)
|
|
|
5501 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5502 {
|
|
|
5503 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
|
|
|
5504 }
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 /*
|
|
|
5507 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
|
|
|
5508 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
|
|
|
5509 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
|
|
|
5510 */
|
|
|
5511 static int
|
|
|
5512 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5513 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5514 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5515 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5516 {
|
|
|
5517 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5518 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5519 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5520
|
|
|
5521 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5522 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5523 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
|
|
|
5524 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
|
|
|
5525 {
|
|
|
5526 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5527 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5528 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5529 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5530 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
|
|
|
5531 {
|
|
|
5532 ++p;
|
|
|
5533 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5534 }
|
|
|
5535 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
|
|
|
5536 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
|
|
|
5537 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5538 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5539 }
|
|
|
5540 return retval;
|
|
|
5541 }
|
|
|
5542
|
|
829
|
5543 /*
|
|
|
5544 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
|
|
|
5545 * do
|
|
|
5546 * nothing;
|
|
|
5547 * while (foo
|
|
856
|
5548 * && bar); <-- here
|
|
829
|
5549 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
|
|
|
5550 */
|
|
|
5551 static int
|
|
|
5552 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
5553 int terminated;
|
|
|
5554 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5555 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5556 {
|
|
|
5557 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5558 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5559 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5560 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5561 int i;
|
|
|
5562
|
|
|
5563 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
|
|
|
5564 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5565
|
|
|
5566 p = line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5567 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5568 {
|
|
|
5569 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5570 if (*p == ')')
|
|
|
5571 {
|
|
|
5572 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5573 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5574 {
|
|
|
5575 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
|
|
|
5576 * before the matching '('. XXX */
|
|
835
|
5577 i = (int)(p - line);
|
|
829
|
5578 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5579 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
5580 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
5581 {
|
|
|
5582 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
|
|
|
5583 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
|
|
|
5584 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5585 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5586 {
|
|
|
5587 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
5588 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5589 }
|
|
|
5590 }
|
|
|
5591
|
|
|
5592 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
|
|
|
5593 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5594 p = line + i;
|
|
|
5595 }
|
|
|
5596 }
|
|
|
5597 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5598 ++p;
|
|
|
5599 }
|
|
|
5600 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5601 }
|
|
|
5602
|
|
7
|
5603 static int
|
|
|
5604 cin_isbreak(p)
|
|
|
5605 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5606 {
|
|
|
5607 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
|
|
|
5608 }
|
|
|
5609
|
|
828
|
5610 /*
|
|
|
5611 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
|
|
7
|
5612 * constructor-initialization. eg:
|
|
|
5613 *
|
|
|
5614 * class MyClass :
|
|
|
5615 * baseClass <-- here
|
|
|
5616 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
|
|
|
5617 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
|
|
|
5618 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
|
|
|
5619 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
|
|
827
|
5620 *
|
|
|
5621 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
|
|
7
|
5622 */
|
|
|
5623 static int
|
|
1336
|
5624 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
|
|
828
|
5625 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
|
|
7
|
5626 {
|
|
|
5627 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5628 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
|
|
828
|
5629 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
1336
|
5630 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
7
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5633
|
|
17
|
5634 s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
5635 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
|
|
|
5636 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5637 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
7
|
5638 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5639 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5640
|
|
|
5641 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5642
|
|
828
|
5643 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
|
|
|
5644 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
|
|
|
5645 * a = cond ?
|
|
|
5646 * func() :
|
|
856
|
5647 * asdf;
|
|
828
|
5648 * func::foo()
|
|
|
5649 * : something
|
|
|
5650 * {}
|
|
|
5651 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
|
|
|
5652 * : something(4),
|
|
|
5653 * somethingelse(3)
|
|
|
5654 * {}
|
|
|
5655 */
|
|
|
5656 while (lnum > 1)
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
1336
|
5658 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
|
|
|
5659 s = skipwhite(line);
|
|
828
|
5660 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
|
|
|
5661 break;
|
|
|
5662 while (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5663 {
|
|
|
5664 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
|
|
|
5665 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
|
|
|
5666 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
|
|
|
5667 break;
|
|
|
5668 if (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5669 ++s;
|
|
|
5670 }
|
|
|
5671 if (*s != NUL)
|
|
|
5672 break;
|
|
|
5673 --lnum;
|
|
|
5674 }
|
|
|
5675
|
|
1336
|
5676 line = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
5677 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
|
|
828
|
5678 for (;;)
|
|
|
5679 {
|
|
|
5680 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5681 {
|
|
|
5682 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5683 break;
|
|
|
5684 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
|
|
1336
|
5685 line = ml_get(++lnum);
|
|
|
5686 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
|
|
|
5687 if (*s == NUL)
|
|
|
5688 continue;
|
|
828
|
5689 }
|
|
|
5690
|
|
7
|
5691 if (s[0] == ':')
|
|
|
5692 {
|
|
|
5693 if (s[1] == ':')
|
|
|
5694 {
|
|
|
5695 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
|
|
|
5696 * initialization any more */
|
|
|
5697 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5698 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
|
|
|
5701 {
|
|
|
5702 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
|
|
1532
|
5703 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
|
|
7
|
5704 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
|
|
|
5705 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5706 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5707 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5708 }
|
|
|
5709 else
|
|
|
5710 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5711 }
|
|
|
5712 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
|
|
|
5713 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 class_or_struct = TRUE;
|
|
|
5716 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5717
|
|
|
5718 if (*s == 'c')
|
|
|
5719 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
|
|
|
5720 else
|
|
|
5721 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
|
|
|
5722 }
|
|
|
5723 else
|
|
|
5724 {
|
|
|
5725 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
|
|
|
5726 {
|
|
|
5727 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5728 }
|
|
|
5729 else if (s[0] == ')')
|
|
|
5730 {
|
|
|
5731 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
|
|
|
5732 * something like "):" */
|
|
|
5733 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5734 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5735 }
|
|
827
|
5736 else if (s[0] == '?')
|
|
|
5737 {
|
|
|
5738 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
|
|
|
5739 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5740 }
|
|
7
|
5741 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
|
|
|
5744 class_or_struct = FALSE;
|
|
|
5745 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5746 }
|
|
|
5747 else if (*col == 0)
|
|
|
5748 {
|
|
|
5749 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
|
|
|
5750 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5751
|
|
|
5752 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
|
|
828
|
5753 if (cpp_base_class)
|
|
7
|
5754 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
|
|
|
5755 }
|
|
|
5756
|
|
828
|
5757 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
|
|
|
5758 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
|
|
|
5759 *col = 0;
|
|
|
5760
|
|
7
|
5761 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
|
|
|
5762 }
|
|
|
5763 }
|
|
|
5764
|
|
|
5765 return cpp_base_class;
|
|
|
5766 }
|
|
|
5767
|
|
828
|
5768 static int
|
|
|
5769 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
5770 int col;
|
|
|
5771 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5772 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5773 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 int amount;
|
|
|
5776 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
5777 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5778
|
|
|
5779 if (col == 0)
|
|
|
5780 {
|
|
|
5781 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
5782 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
|
|
|
5783 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
5784 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5785 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
5786 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
|
|
|
5787 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5788 }
|
|
|
5789 else
|
|
|
5790 {
|
|
|
5791 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5792 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5793 amount = (int)vcol;
|
|
|
5794 }
|
|
|
5795 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
5796 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
|
|
|
5797 return amount;
|
|
|
5798 }
|
|
|
5799
|
|
7
|
5800 /*
|
|
|
5801 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
|
|
|
5802 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
|
|
|
5803 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
|
|
|
5804 */
|
|
|
5805 static int
|
|
|
5806 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
|
|
|
5807 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5808 char_u *find;
|
|
|
5809 char_u *ignore;
|
|
|
5810 {
|
|
|
5811 char_u *p = s;
|
|
|
5812 char_u *r;
|
|
|
5813 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5816 {
|
|
|
5817 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5818 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
|
|
|
5819 {
|
|
|
5820 r = skipwhite(p + len);
|
|
|
5821 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
|
|
|
5822 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
|
|
|
5823 if (cin_nocode(r))
|
|
|
5824 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5825 }
|
|
|
5826 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
5827 ++p;
|
|
|
5828 }
|
|
|
5829 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5830 }
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 /*
|
|
|
5833 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
|
|
|
5834 * Return the column found.
|
|
|
5835 */
|
|
|
5836 static int
|
|
|
5837 cin_skip2pos(trypos)
|
|
|
5838 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5841 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5842
|
|
|
5843 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
5844 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
|
|
|
5845 {
|
|
|
5846 if (cin_iscomment(p))
|
|
|
5847 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
|
|
|
5848 else
|
|
|
5849 {
|
|
|
5850 p = skip_string(p);
|
|
|
5851 ++p;
|
|
|
5852 }
|
|
|
5853 }
|
|
|
5854 return (int)(p - line);
|
|
|
5855 }
|
|
|
5856
|
|
|
5857 /*
|
|
|
5858 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
|
|
|
5859 * Return NULL if no match found.
|
|
|
5860 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
|
|
|
5861 * work. */
|
|
|
5862 /* foo() */
|
|
|
5863 /* { */
|
|
|
5864 /* } */
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5867 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5868 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5869 {
|
|
|
5870 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5871 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
5872 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
5873 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
|
5874
|
|
|
5875 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5876 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5877 {
|
|
|
5878 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5879 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5880 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5881 pos = NULL;
|
|
829
|
5882 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
|
|
7
|
5883 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
|
|
|
5884 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5885 break;
|
|
|
5886 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
|
5887 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
5888 }
|
|
|
5889 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5890 return trypos;
|
|
|
5891 }
|
|
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 /*
|
|
|
5894 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
|
|
|
5895 * Return NULL of no match found.
|
|
|
5896 */
|
|
|
5897 static pos_T *
|
|
|
5898 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5899 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5900 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
5901 {
|
|
|
5902 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
5903 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
829
|
5904 static pos_T pos_copy;
|
|
7
|
5905
|
|
|
5906 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5907 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5908 {
|
|
|
5909 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
|
|
|
5910 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
|
|
|
5911 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5912 else
|
|
|
5913 {
|
|
|
5914 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
|
|
|
5915 trypos = &pos_copy;
|
|
|
5916 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
|
5917 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
5918 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
5919 }
|
|
|
5920 }
|
|
|
5921 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
5922 return trypos;
|
|
|
5923 }
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 /*
|
|
|
5926 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
|
|
|
5927 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
|
|
|
5928 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
|
|
|
5929 * looking a few lines further.
|
|
|
5930 */
|
|
|
5931 static int
|
|
|
5932 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
|
|
|
5933 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5934 pos_T *startpos;
|
|
|
5935 {
|
|
|
5936 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
|
|
|
5939 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
|
|
|
5940 return ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
5941 }
|
|
|
5942
|
|
|
5943 /*
|
|
|
5944 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
|
|
|
5945 * line "l".
|
|
|
5946 */
|
|
|
5947 static int
|
|
|
5948 find_last_paren(l, start, end)
|
|
|
5949 char_u *l;
|
|
|
5950 int start, end;
|
|
|
5951 {
|
|
|
5952 int i;
|
|
|
5953 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5954 int open_count = 0;
|
|
|
5955
|
|
|
5956 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5959 {
|
|
|
5960 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
|
|
|
5961 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
|
|
|
5962 if (l[i] == start)
|
|
|
5963 ++open_count;
|
|
|
5964 else if (l[i] == end)
|
|
|
5965 {
|
|
|
5966 if (open_count > 0)
|
|
|
5967 --open_count;
|
|
|
5968 else
|
|
|
5969 {
|
|
|
5970 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
5971 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5972 }
|
|
|
5973 }
|
|
|
5974 }
|
|
|
5975 return retval;
|
|
|
5976 }
|
|
|
5977
|
|
|
5978 int
|
|
|
5979 get_c_indent()
|
|
|
5980 {
|
|
|
5981 /*
|
|
|
5982 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
|
|
|
5983 * block should be
|
|
|
5984 */
|
|
|
5985 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
5986
|
|
|
5987 /*
|
|
|
5988 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
|
|
|
5989 * line is imagined to be.
|
|
|
5990 */
|
|
|
5991 int ind_open_imag = 0;
|
|
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 /*
|
|
|
5994 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
|
|
|
5995 * an opening brace.
|
|
|
5996 */
|
|
|
5997 int ind_no_brace = 0;
|
|
|
5998
|
|
|
5999 /*
|
|
|
6000 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
|
|
|
6001 */
|
|
|
6002 int ind_first_open = 0;
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 /*
|
|
|
6005 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
|
|
|
6006 * located
|
|
|
6007 */
|
|
|
6008 int ind_open_extra = 0;
|
|
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 /*
|
|
|
6011 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
|
|
|
6012 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
|
|
|
6013 * brace should be located
|
|
|
6014 */
|
|
|
6015 int ind_close_extra = 0;
|
|
|
6016
|
|
|
6017 /*
|
|
|
6018 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
|
|
|
6019 * column is imagined to be
|
|
|
6020 */
|
|
|
6021 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 /*
|
|
|
6024 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
|
|
|
6025 */
|
|
|
6026 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6027
|
|
|
6028 /*
|
|
|
6029 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
|
|
|
6030 */
|
|
|
6031 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 /*
|
|
|
6034 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
|
|
|
6035 */
|
|
|
6036 int ind_case_break = 0;
|
|
|
6037
|
|
|
6038 /*
|
|
|
6039 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
|
|
|
6040 * should be located
|
|
|
6041 */
|
|
|
6042 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6043
|
|
|
6044 /*
|
|
|
6045 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
|
|
|
6046 */
|
|
|
6047 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6048
|
|
|
6049 /*
|
|
|
6050 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
|
|
|
6051 */
|
|
|
6052 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6053
|
|
|
6054 /*
|
|
|
6055 * amount a function type spec should be indented
|
|
|
6056 */
|
|
|
6057 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6058
|
|
|
6059 /*
|
|
|
6060 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
|
|
|
6061 * should be indented
|
|
|
6062 */
|
|
|
6063 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 /*
|
|
|
6066 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
|
|
|
6067 * should be located
|
|
|
6068 */
|
|
|
6069 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6070
|
|
|
6071 /*
|
|
|
6072 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
|
|
|
6073 */
|
|
|
6074 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
|
|
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 /*
|
|
|
6077 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
|
|
|
6078 * itself is also unclosed
|
|
|
6079 */
|
|
|
6080 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6081
|
|
|
6082 /*
|
|
|
6083 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
|
|
|
6084 * unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6085 */
|
|
|
6086 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
|
|
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 /*
|
|
|
6089 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
|
|
|
6090 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
|
|
|
6091 * context (for very long lines).
|
|
|
6092 */
|
|
|
6093 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 /*
|
|
|
6096 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
|
|
|
6097 * an unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6098 */
|
|
|
6099 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
|
|
|
6100
|
|
|
6101 /*
|
|
|
6102 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
|
|
|
6103 * opening parentheses.
|
|
|
6104 */
|
|
|
6105 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
|
|
|
6106
|
|
|
6107 /*
|
|
829
|
6108 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
|
|
|
6109 */
|
|
|
6110 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
|
|
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 /*
|
|
7
|
6113 * Extra indent for comments.
|
|
|
6114 */
|
|
|
6115 int ind_comment = 0;
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 /*
|
|
|
6118 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
|
|
|
6119 */
|
|
|
6120 int ind_in_comment = 3;
|
|
|
6121
|
|
|
6122 /*
|
|
|
6123 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
|
|
|
6124 * after the comment opener.
|
|
|
6125 */
|
|
|
6126 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
|
|
|
6127
|
|
|
6128 /*
|
|
|
6129 * max lines to search for an open paren
|
|
|
6130 */
|
|
|
6131 int ind_maxparen = 20;
|
|
|
6132
|
|
|
6133 /*
|
|
|
6134 * max lines to search for an open comment
|
|
|
6135 */
|
|
|
6136 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
|
|
|
6137
|
|
|
6138 /*
|
|
|
6139 * handle braces for java code
|
|
|
6140 */
|
|
|
6141 int ind_java = 0;
|
|
|
6142
|
|
|
6143 /*
|
|
|
6144 * handle blocked cases correctly
|
|
|
6145 */
|
|
|
6146 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
|
|
|
6147
|
|
|
6148 pos_T cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6149 int amount;
|
|
|
6150 int scope_amount;
|
|
834
|
6151 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
6152 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
6153 char_u *theline;
|
|
|
6154 char_u *linecopy;
|
|
|
6155 pos_T *trypos;
|
|
|
6156 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
6157 pos_T our_paren_pos;
|
|
|
6158 char_u *start;
|
|
|
6159 int start_brace;
|
|
1532
|
6160 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
7
|
6161 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
|
|
|
6162 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6163 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
6164 char_u *l;
|
|
|
6165 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6166 char_u terminated;
|
|
|
6167 int lookfor;
|
|
|
6168 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
|
|
|
6169 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1
|
|
|
6170 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2
|
|
|
6171 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
|
|
|
6172 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
|
|
|
6173 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
|
|
|
6174 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
|
|
|
6175 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
|
|
|
6176 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
|
|
|
6177 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
|
|
|
6178 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
|
|
|
6179
|
|
|
6180 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
6181 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6182 char_u *options;
|
|
|
6183 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6184 int divider;
|
|
|
6185 int n;
|
|
|
6186 int iscase;
|
|
|
6187 int lookfor_break;
|
|
|
6188 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
|
|
|
6189
|
|
|
6190 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
|
|
|
6191 {
|
|
|
6192 l = options++;
|
|
|
6193 if (*options == '-')
|
|
|
6194 ++options;
|
|
|
6195 n = getdigits(&options);
|
|
|
6196 divider = 0;
|
|
|
6197 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
|
|
|
6198 {
|
|
|
6199 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
|
|
|
6200 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
|
|
|
6201 {
|
|
|
6202 ++options;
|
|
|
6203 if (divider)
|
|
|
6204 divider *= 10;
|
|
|
6205 else
|
|
|
6206 divider = 10;
|
|
|
6207 }
|
|
|
6208 }
|
|
|
6209 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
6210 {
|
|
|
6211 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
|
|
|
6212 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
6213 else
|
|
|
6214 {
|
|
|
6215 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6216 if (divider)
|
|
|
6217 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
|
|
|
6218 }
|
|
|
6219 ++options;
|
|
|
6220 }
|
|
|
6221 if (l[1] == '-')
|
|
|
6222 n = -n;
|
|
|
6223 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
|
|
1096
|
6224 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
|
|
7
|
6225 switch (*l)
|
|
|
6226 {
|
|
|
6227 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
|
|
|
6228 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
6229 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
|
|
|
6230 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
|
|
|
6231 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
6232 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
|
|
|
6233 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
|
|
|
6234 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
|
|
|
6235 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
|
|
|
6236 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
|
|
|
6237 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
|
|
|
6238 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
|
|
|
6239 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
6240 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
|
|
|
6241 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
|
|
|
6242 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
|
|
|
6243 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
|
|
|
6244 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
|
|
|
6245 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
|
|
|
6246 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
|
|
|
6247 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
|
|
|
6248 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
|
|
|
6249 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
|
|
829
|
6250 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
|
|
7
|
6251 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
|
|
|
6252 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
|
|
|
6253 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
|
|
|
6254 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
|
|
|
6255 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
|
|
|
6256 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
|
|
1096
|
6257 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
|
|
7
|
6258 }
|
|
|
6259 }
|
|
|
6260
|
|
|
6261 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
|
|
|
6262 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6263
|
|
|
6264 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
|
|
|
6265 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
|
|
|
6266 * ml_get is valid! */
|
|
|
6267 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
|
|
|
6268 if (linecopy == NULL)
|
|
|
6269 return 0;
|
|
|
6270
|
|
|
6271 /*
|
|
|
6272 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
|
|
|
6273 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
|
|
|
6274 * inserting new stuff.
|
|
|
6275 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
|
|
|
6276 * check for that.
|
|
|
6277 */
|
|
|
6278 if ((State & INSERT)
|
|
|
6279 && curwin->w_cursor.col < STRLEN(linecopy)
|
|
|
6280 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
|
|
|
6281 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
6282
|
|
|
6283 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
|
|
|
6286
|
|
|
6287 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6288
|
|
|
6289 /*
|
|
|
6290 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
6291 */
|
|
|
6292 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
|
|
|
6293 {
|
|
|
6294 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6295 }
|
|
|
6296
|
|
|
6297 /*
|
|
|
6298 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too.
|
|
|
6299 */
|
|
|
6300 else if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6301 {
|
|
|
6302 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6303 }
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 /*
|
|
|
6306 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
|
|
|
6307 * previous line, lineup with that one.
|
|
|
6308 */
|
|
|
6309 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
|
|
|
6310 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6311 {
|
|
|
6312 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
6313 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6314 amount = col;
|
|
|
6315 }
|
|
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 /*
|
|
|
6318 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
|
|
|
6319 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
|
|
|
6320 */
|
|
|
6321 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
|
|
|
6322 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
6323 {
|
|
|
6324 int lead_start_len = 2;
|
|
|
6325 int lead_middle_len = 1;
|
|
|
6326 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
|
|
|
6327 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
|
|
|
6328 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
6329 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6330 int start_align = 0;
|
|
|
6331 int start_off = 0;
|
|
|
6332 int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
6333
|
|
|
6334 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
|
|
|
6335 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6336 amount = col;
|
|
|
6337
|
|
|
6338 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
6339 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
6340 {
|
|
|
6341 int align = 0;
|
|
|
6342 int off = 0;
|
|
|
6343 int what = 0;
|
|
|
6344
|
|
|
6345 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
|
|
|
6346 {
|
|
|
6347 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
6348 what = *p++;
|
|
|
6349 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
|
6350 align = *p++;
|
|
|
6351 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
|
|
|
6352 off = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
6353 else
|
|
|
6354 ++p;
|
|
|
6355 }
|
|
|
6356
|
|
|
6357 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6358 ++p;
|
|
|
6359 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
6360 if (what == COM_START)
|
|
|
6361 {
|
|
|
6362 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
|
|
|
6363 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
|
|
|
6364 start_off = off;
|
|
|
6365 start_align = align;
|
|
|
6366 }
|
|
|
6367 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
|
|
|
6368 {
|
|
|
6369 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
|
|
|
6370 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
|
|
|
6371 }
|
|
|
6372 else if (what == COM_END)
|
|
|
6373 {
|
|
|
6374 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
|
|
|
6375 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
|
|
|
6376 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
|
|
|
6377 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
|
|
|
6378 {
|
|
|
6379 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
6380 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6381 {
|
|
|
6382 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
|
|
1532
|
6383 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
|
|
7
|
6384 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
|
|
|
6385 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
|
|
|
6386 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
|
|
|
6387 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
|
|
|
6388 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6389 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
|
|
|
6390 lead_middle_len) == 0)
|
|
|
6391 {
|
|
|
6392 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6393 break;
|
|
|
6394 }
|
|
|
6395 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
|
|
|
6396 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
|
|
|
6397 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
|
|
|
6398 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
|
|
|
6399 continue;
|
|
|
6400 }
|
|
|
6401 if (start_off != 0)
|
|
|
6402 amount += start_off;
|
|
|
6403 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
6404 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
6405 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
6406 break;
|
|
|
6407 }
|
|
|
6408
|
|
|
6409 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
|
|
|
6410 * with the middle comment */
|
|
|
6411 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
|
|
|
6412 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
|
|
|
6413 {
|
|
|
6414 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
6415 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6416 if (off != 0)
|
|
|
6417 amount += off;
|
|
|
6418 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
|
|
17
|
6419 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
|
|
|
6420 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
|
|
7
|
6421 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
6422 break;
|
|
|
6423 }
|
|
|
6424 }
|
|
|
6425 }
|
|
|
6426
|
|
|
6427 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
|
|
|
6428 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
|
|
|
6429 * with the first character of the comment text.
|
|
|
6430 */
|
|
|
6431 if (done)
|
|
|
6432 ;
|
|
|
6433 else if (theline[0] == '*')
|
|
|
6434 amount += 1;
|
|
|
6435 else
|
|
|
6436 {
|
|
|
6437 /*
|
|
|
6438 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
|
|
|
6439 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
|
|
|
6440 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
|
|
|
6441 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
|
|
|
6442 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
|
|
|
6443 */
|
|
|
6444 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6445 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
|
|
|
6446 {
|
|
|
6447 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
|
|
|
6448 continue;
|
|
|
6449 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6450 break;
|
|
|
6451 }
|
|
|
6452 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
|
|
|
6453 {
|
|
|
6454 if (!ind_in_comment2)
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
|
6456 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
|
|
|
6457 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
|
|
|
6458 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
|
|
|
6459 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
|
|
|
6460 }
|
|
|
6461 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6462 amount = col;
|
|
|
6463 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
|
|
|
6464 amount += ind_in_comment;
|
|
|
6465 }
|
|
|
6466 }
|
|
|
6467 }
|
|
|
6468
|
|
|
6469 /*
|
|
|
6470 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
|
|
|
6471 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6472 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6473 && ind_java == 0)
|
|
|
6474 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
|
6475 || trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6476 {
|
|
|
6477 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
|
|
|
6480 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
|
|
|
6481 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
6482 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
|
|
|
6483 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
|
|
|
6484 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6485 else
|
|
|
6486 tryposBrace = NULL;
|
|
|
6487 }
|
|
|
6488
|
|
|
6489 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6490 {
|
|
|
6491 /*
|
|
|
6492 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
|
|
|
6493 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
|
|
|
6494 */
|
|
829
|
6495 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
|
|
|
6496 {
|
|
|
6497 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
6498 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6499 }
|
|
|
6500 else
|
|
|
6501 {
|
|
|
6502 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6503 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
|
|
|
6504 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
|
|
7
|
6505 {
|
|
829
|
6506 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
|
|
|
6507 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
|
|
|
6508 continue;
|
|
|
6509 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
|
|
|
6510 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
|
|
|
6511 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
|
|
|
6514 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6515 {
|
|
|
6516 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
|
6517 continue;
|
|
|
6518 }
|
|
|
6519
|
|
|
6520 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6521 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
6522 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
7
|
6523 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
|
|
829
|
6524 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
6525 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
6526 {
|
|
|
6527 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 if (theline[0] == ')')
|
|
|
6530 {
|
|
|
6531 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
|
|
|
6532 && cur_amount > amount)
|
|
|
6533 cur_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6534 amount = -1;
|
|
|
6535 }
|
|
|
6536 break;
|
|
|
6537 }
|
|
7
|
6538 }
|
|
|
6539 }
|
|
|
6540
|
|
|
6541 /*
|
|
|
6542 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
|
|
|
6543 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
|
|
|
6544 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
|
|
|
6545 */
|
|
|
6546 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
6547 {
|
|
829
|
6548 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
|
|
|
6549
|
|
7
|
6550 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
829
|
6551 look = skipwhite(look);
|
|
|
6552 if (*look == '(')
|
|
|
6553 {
|
|
|
6554 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6555 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6556 int look_col;
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
|
|
|
6559 * our matching '('. */
|
|
|
6560 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
6561 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
835
|
6562 look_col = (int)(look - line);
|
|
829
|
6563 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
|
|
|
6564 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6565 != NULL
|
|
|
6566 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
|
|
|
6567 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
|
|
|
6568 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
|
|
|
6569
|
|
|
6570 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
|
|
|
6571 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
|
|
|
6572 }
|
|
7
|
6573 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
|
|
829
|
6574 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
|
|
|
6575 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
|
|
7
|
6576 {
|
|
|
6577 /*
|
|
|
6578 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
|
|
|
6579 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
|
|
|
6580 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
|
|
|
6581 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
|
|
|
6582 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
|
|
|
6583 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
|
|
|
6584 * lines).
|
|
|
6585 */
|
|
|
6586 if (theline[0] != ')')
|
|
|
6587 {
|
|
|
6588 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6589 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
|
|
|
6590 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
|
|
|
6591 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
|
|
|
6592 {
|
|
|
6593 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
|
|
|
6594 * for each additional level */
|
|
|
6595 n = 1;
|
|
|
6596 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
|
|
|
6597 {
|
|
|
6598 switch (l[col])
|
|
|
6599 {
|
|
|
6600 case '(':
|
|
|
6601 case '{': ++n;
|
|
|
6602 break;
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 case ')':
|
|
|
6605 case '}': if (n > 1)
|
|
|
6606 --n;
|
|
|
6607 break;
|
|
|
6608 }
|
|
|
6609 }
|
|
|
6610
|
|
|
6611 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
6612 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
|
|
|
6613 }
|
|
|
6614 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
|
|
|
6615 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6616 else
|
|
|
6617 {
|
|
|
6618 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
|
|
|
6619 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
|
|
|
6620 col++;
|
|
|
6621 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
|
|
|
6622 our_paren_pos.col = col;
|
|
|
6623 else
|
|
|
6624 our_paren_pos.col++;
|
|
|
6625 }
|
|
|
6626 }
|
|
|
6627
|
|
|
6628 /*
|
|
|
6629 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
|
|
|
6630 * if we did the above "if".
|
|
|
6631 */
|
|
|
6632 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
|
|
|
6633 {
|
|
|
6634 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6635 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
|
|
|
6636 cur_amount = col;
|
|
|
6637 }
|
|
|
6638 }
|
|
|
6639
|
|
|
6640 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
|
|
|
6641 {
|
|
|
6642 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
|
|
|
6643 }
|
|
|
6644 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
|
|
829
|
6645 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
|
|
7
|
6646 {
|
|
|
6647 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6648 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6649 }
|
|
|
6650 else
|
|
|
6651 {
|
|
829
|
6652 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
|
|
|
6653 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
|
|
7
|
6654 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
834
|
6655 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
|
|
7
|
6656 {
|
|
|
6657 --our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6658 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
|
|
|
6659 {
|
|
|
6660 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6661 col = our_paren_pos.col;
|
|
|
6662 break;
|
|
|
6663 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6664 col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6665 break;
|
|
|
6666 }
|
|
|
6667 }
|
|
|
6668
|
|
|
6669 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
|
|
|
6670 * braces */
|
|
|
6671 if (col == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
6672 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6673 else
|
|
|
6674 {
|
|
|
6675 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
|
|
|
6676 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
6677 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6678 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6679 amount += ind_unclosed2;
|
|
|
6680 else
|
|
|
6681 amount += ind_unclosed;
|
|
|
6682 }
|
|
|
6683 /*
|
|
|
6684 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
|
|
|
6685 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
|
|
|
6686 * lines:
|
|
|
6687 * func_long_name( if (x
|
|
|
6688 * arg && yy
|
|
|
6689 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
|
|
|
6690 */
|
|
|
6691 if (cur_amount < amount)
|
|
|
6692 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
6693 }
|
|
|
6694 }
|
|
|
6695
|
|
|
6696 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
6697 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
6698 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
6699 }
|
|
|
6700
|
|
|
6701 /*
|
|
|
6702 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
|
|
|
6703 */
|
|
|
6704 else
|
|
|
6705 {
|
|
|
6706 trypos = tryposBrace;
|
|
|
6707
|
|
|
6708 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6709 start = ml_get(ourscope);
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 /*
|
|
|
6712 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
|
|
|
6713 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
|
|
|
6714 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
|
|
|
6715 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
|
|
|
6716 */
|
|
|
6717 look = skipwhite(start);
|
|
|
6718 if (*look == '{')
|
|
|
6719 {
|
|
|
6720 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6721 amount = col;
|
|
|
6722 if (*start == '{')
|
|
|
6723 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
|
|
|
6724 else
|
|
|
6725 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
|
|
|
6726 }
|
|
|
6727 else
|
|
|
6728 {
|
|
|
6729 /*
|
|
|
6730 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
|
|
|
6731 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
|
|
|
6732 */
|
|
|
6733 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6734
|
|
|
6735 /*
|
|
|
6736 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
6737 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6738 */
|
|
|
6739 lnum = ourscope;
|
|
|
6740 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
|
|
|
6741 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6742 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6743 lnum = trypos->lnum;
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 /*
|
|
|
6746 * It could have been something like
|
|
|
6747 * case 1: if (asdf &&
|
|
|
6748 * ldfd) {
|
|
|
6749 * }
|
|
|
6750 */
|
|
|
6751 if (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
6752 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
6753 else
|
|
|
6754 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6755
|
|
|
6756 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
|
|
|
6757 }
|
|
|
6758
|
|
|
6759 /*
|
|
|
6760 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
|
|
|
6761 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
|
|
|
6762 * that an indent is supposed to be.
|
|
|
6763 */
|
|
|
6764 if (theline[0] == '}')
|
|
|
6765 {
|
|
|
6766 /*
|
|
|
6767 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
|
|
|
6768 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
|
|
|
6769 */
|
|
|
6770 amount += ind_close_extra;
|
|
|
6771 }
|
|
|
6772 else
|
|
|
6773 {
|
|
|
6774 /*
|
|
|
6775 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
|
|
|
6776 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6777 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
|
|
|
6778 * to match it with.
|
|
|
6779 */
|
|
|
6780 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6781 if (cin_iselse(theline))
|
|
|
6782 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
|
|
|
6783 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
6784 /* XXX */
|
|
|
6785 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
|
|
|
6786 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
|
|
|
6787 {
|
|
|
6788 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
|
|
|
6789 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6790 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
|
|
|
6791 {
|
|
|
6792 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
6793 goto theend;
|
|
|
6794 }
|
|
|
6795 }
|
|
|
6796
|
|
|
6797 /*
|
|
|
6798 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
|
|
|
6799 * failed to find a matching "if").
|
|
|
6800 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
|
|
|
6801 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
|
|
|
6802 */
|
|
|
6803
|
|
|
6804 /*
|
|
|
6805 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
|
|
|
6806 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
|
|
|
6807 * location for ind_open_extra.
|
|
|
6808 */
|
|
|
6809
|
|
|
6810 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
|
|
|
6811 {
|
|
|
6812 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
|
|
|
6813 }
|
|
|
6814 else
|
|
|
6815 {
|
|
|
6816 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
|
|
|
6817 amount += ind_open_imag;
|
|
|
6818 else
|
|
|
6819 {
|
|
|
6820 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
|
|
|
6821 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6822 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
6823 amount = 0;
|
|
|
6824 }
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826
|
|
|
6827 lookfor_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
6828
|
|
|
6829 if (cin_iscase(theline)) /* it's a switch() label */
|
|
|
6830 {
|
|
|
6831 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
|
|
|
6832 amount += ind_case;
|
|
|
6833 }
|
|
|
6834 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
|
|
|
6835 {
|
|
|
6836 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
|
|
|
6837 amount += ind_scopedecl;
|
|
|
6838 }
|
|
|
6839 else
|
|
|
6840 {
|
|
|
6841 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
|
|
|
6842 lookfor_break = TRUE;
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
|
|
|
6845 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
|
|
|
6846 }
|
|
|
6847 scope_amount = amount;
|
|
|
6848 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
6849
|
|
|
6850 /*
|
|
|
6851 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
|
|
|
6852 * with that.
|
|
|
6853 *
|
|
|
6854 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
|
|
|
6855 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
|
|
|
6856 * that opens the block.
|
|
|
6857 */
|
|
|
6858 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
6859 for (;;)
|
|
|
6860 {
|
|
|
6861 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
6862 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6863
|
|
|
6864 /*
|
|
|
6865 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
|
|
|
6866 * up with it.
|
|
|
6867 */
|
|
|
6868 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
|
|
|
6869 {
|
|
|
6870 /* we reached end of scope:
|
|
|
6871 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
|
|
|
6872 * go further back:
|
|
|
6873 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
|
|
|
6874 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
|
|
|
6875 * declaration:
|
|
|
6876 * int x,
|
|
|
6877 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
|
|
|
6878 */
|
|
|
6879 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
6880 {
|
|
|
6881 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
|
|
|
6882 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
6883 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
|
|
|
6884 {
|
|
|
6885 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
|
|
|
6886 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
|
|
|
6887 * initialization) */
|
|
|
6888 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6889 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6890 else
|
|
|
6891 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6892 break;
|
|
|
6893 }
|
|
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6896
|
|
|
6897 /*
|
|
|
6898 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
|
|
|
6899 * comment.
|
|
|
6900 */
|
|
|
6901 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6902 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6903 {
|
|
|
6904 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
1550
|
6905 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
6906 continue;
|
|
|
6907 }
|
|
|
6908
|
|
|
6909 /*
|
|
|
6910 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
6911 */
|
|
|
6912 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6913 continue;
|
|
|
6914
|
|
|
6915 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
6916 continue;
|
|
|
6917
|
|
|
6918 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6919
|
|
|
6920 /*
|
|
|
6921 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
|
|
|
6922 * function declaration, we are done
|
|
|
6923 * (it's a variable declaration).
|
|
|
6924 */
|
|
|
6925 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
|
|
|
6926 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6927 {
|
|
|
6928 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
|
|
|
6929 * it is a continued variable initialization.
|
|
|
6930 * don't add extra indent.
|
|
|
6931 * TODO: does not work, if a function
|
|
|
6932 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
|
|
|
6933 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
|
|
|
6934 */
|
|
|
6935 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
6936 break;
|
|
|
6937
|
|
|
6938 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
|
|
|
6939 * we are done.
|
|
|
6940 */
|
|
|
6941 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
|
|
|
6942 break;
|
|
|
6943
|
|
|
6944 /* nothing useful found */
|
|
|
6945 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
|
|
|
6946 continue;
|
|
|
6947 }
|
|
|
6948
|
|
|
6949 if (terminated != ';')
|
|
|
6950 {
|
|
|
6951 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
|
|
|
6952 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
|
|
|
6953 * will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
6954 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
6955 trypos = NULL;
|
|
|
6956 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
|
|
|
6957 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
6958 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6959
|
|
|
6960 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
|
6961 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
6962
|
|
|
6963 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
6964 {
|
|
|
6965 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
1550
|
6966 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
6967 continue;
|
|
|
6968 }
|
|
|
6969 }
|
|
|
6970
|
|
|
6971 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
|
|
|
6972 * like in
|
|
|
6973 * int a,
|
|
|
6974 * b;
|
|
|
6975 */
|
|
|
6976 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6977 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6978 else
|
|
|
6979 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6980 }
|
|
|
6981 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
6982 {
|
|
|
6983 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
6984 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
6985 else
|
|
|
6986 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
6987 }
|
|
|
6988 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
6989 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
6990 {
|
|
|
6991 amount = scope_amount;
|
|
|
6992 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
6993 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
6994 }
|
|
|
6995 break;
|
|
|
6996 }
|
|
|
6997
|
|
|
6998 /*
|
|
|
6999 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
7000 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7001 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7002 {
|
|
|
7003 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
1550
|
7004 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
7005 continue;
|
|
|
7006 }
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7009
|
|
|
7010 /*
|
|
|
7011 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
|
|
827
|
7012 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
|
|
7
|
7013 */
|
|
|
7014 iscase = cin_iscase(l);
|
|
|
7015 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7016 {
|
|
|
7017 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
|
|
|
7018 * declaration/initialization any longer */
|
|
|
7019 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
7020 break;
|
|
|
7021
|
|
|
7022 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
|
|
|
7023 * labels. */
|
|
|
7024 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
7025 continue;
|
|
|
7026
|
|
|
7027 /*
|
|
|
7028 * case xx:
|
|
|
7029 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
|
|
|
7030 *-> here;
|
|
|
7031 */
|
|
|
7032 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7033 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7034 {
|
|
|
7035 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7036 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7037 else
|
|
|
7038 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7039 break;
|
|
|
7040 }
|
|
|
7041
|
|
|
7042 /*
|
|
|
7043 * case xx: <- line up with this case
|
|
|
7044 * x = 333;
|
|
|
7045 * case yy:
|
|
|
7046 */
|
|
|
7047 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
|
|
|
7048 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
|
|
|
7049 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
|
|
|
7050 {
|
|
|
7051 /*
|
|
|
7052 * Check that this case label is not for another
|
|
|
7053 * switch()
|
|
|
7054 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7055 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
|
|
|
7056 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
|
|
|
7057 {
|
|
|
7058 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7059 break;
|
|
|
7060 }
|
|
|
7061 continue;
|
|
|
7062 }
|
|
|
7063
|
|
|
7064 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7065
|
|
|
7066 /*
|
|
|
7067 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
7068 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
7069 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
7070 *
|
|
|
7071 * case xx:
|
|
|
7072 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
|
|
|
7073 * y = y + 1;
|
|
|
7074 * -> s = 99;
|
|
|
7075 */
|
|
|
7076 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7077 {
|
|
|
7078 if (n)
|
|
|
7079 amount = n;
|
|
|
7080
|
|
|
7081 if (!lookfor_break)
|
|
|
7082 break;
|
|
|
7083 }
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 /*
|
|
|
7086 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
|
|
|
7087 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
7088 *
|
|
|
7089 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
|
|
|
7090 * -> y = y + 1;
|
|
|
7091 */
|
|
|
7092 if (n)
|
|
|
7093 {
|
|
|
7094 amount = n;
|
|
|
7095 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7096 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
|
|
829
|
7097 {
|
|
|
7098 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7099 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7100 else
|
|
|
7101 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
7102 }
|
|
7
|
7103 break;
|
|
|
7104 }
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 /*
|
|
|
7107 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
|
|
|
7108 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
|
|
|
7109 * switch label.
|
|
|
7110 * break; <- may line up with this line
|
|
|
7111 * case xx:
|
|
|
7112 * -> y = 1;
|
|
|
7113 */
|
|
|
7114 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
|
|
|
7115 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
|
|
|
7116 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
7117 continue;
|
|
|
7118 }
|
|
|
7119
|
|
|
7120 /*
|
|
|
7121 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
|
|
|
7122 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
|
|
|
7123 */
|
|
|
7124 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
|
|
|
7125 {
|
|
|
7126 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
|
|
|
7127 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
1550
|
7128 {
|
|
7
|
7129 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
1550
|
7130 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7131 }
|
|
7
|
7132 continue;
|
|
|
7133 }
|
|
|
7134
|
|
|
7135 /*
|
|
|
7136 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
|
|
|
7137 */
|
|
|
7138 if (cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7139 {
|
|
|
7140 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7141 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7142 continue;
|
|
|
7143 }
|
|
|
7144
|
|
|
7145 /*
|
|
|
7146 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
|
|
|
7147 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
|
|
|
7148 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
|
|
|
7149 * unlocked it)
|
|
|
7150 */
|
|
|
7151 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7152 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
7153 || cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7154 continue;
|
|
|
7155
|
|
|
7156 /*
|
|
|
7157 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
7158 * constructor initialization?
|
|
|
7159 */ /* XXX */
|
|
827
|
7160 n = FALSE;
|
|
|
7161 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
|
|
|
7162 {
|
|
1336
|
7163 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
|
|
827
|
7164 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7165 }
|
|
|
7166 if (n)
|
|
7
|
7167 {
|
|
|
7168 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
7169 {
|
|
|
7170 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7171 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7172 else
|
|
|
7173 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7174 }
|
|
828
|
7175 else if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
7
|
7176 {
|
|
828
|
7177 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
|
|
|
7178 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
7179 ind_continuation = 0;
|
|
|
7180 continue;
|
|
7
|
7181 }
|
|
|
7182 else
|
|
828
|
7183 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7184 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7185 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
|
|
7
|
7186 break;
|
|
|
7187 }
|
|
|
7188 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
|
|
|
7189 {
|
|
|
7190 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
|
|
827
|
7191 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
|
|
|
7192 */
|
|
7
|
7193 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
|
|
|
7194 break;
|
|
|
7195 else
|
|
|
7196 continue;
|
|
|
7197 }
|
|
|
7198
|
|
|
7199 /*
|
|
|
7200 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
|
|
|
7201 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
|
|
1224
|
7202 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
|
|
7
|
7203 * 123,
|
|
|
7204 * sizeof
|
|
|
7205 * here
|
|
|
7206 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
|
|
|
7207 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
|
|
|
7208 * (indented).
|
|
|
7209 */
|
|
|
7210 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
7211
|
|
|
7212 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7213 && terminated == ','))
|
|
|
7214 {
|
|
|
7215 /*
|
|
|
7216 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
|
|
|
7217 * go back to the line that starts it so
|
|
|
7218 * we can get the right prevailing indent
|
|
|
7219 * if ( foo &&
|
|
|
7220 * bar )
|
|
|
7221 */
|
|
|
7222 /*
|
|
|
7223 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7224 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7225 */
|
|
|
7226 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7227 trypos = find_match_paren(
|
|
|
7228 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
|
|
|
7229 ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7230
|
|
|
7231 /*
|
|
|
7232 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
|
|
|
7233 * braces.
|
|
|
7234 */
|
|
828
|
7235 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
|
|
|
7236 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
|
|
7
|
7237 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 if (trypos != NULL)
|
|
|
7240 {
|
|
|
7241 /*
|
|
|
7242 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
7243 * handled above.
|
|
|
7244 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
7245 * asdf)
|
|
|
7246 */
|
|
1550
|
7247 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
7
|
7248 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7249 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7250 {
|
|
|
7251 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
1550
|
7252 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
7253 continue;
|
|
|
7254 }
|
|
|
7255 }
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 /*
|
|
|
7258 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
|
|
|
7259 * indent from
|
|
|
7260 * char *usethis = "bla\
|
|
|
7261 * bla",
|
|
|
7262 * here;
|
|
|
7263 */
|
|
|
7264 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7265 {
|
|
|
7266 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7267 {
|
|
|
7268 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7269 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7270 break;
|
|
|
7271 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
1550
|
7272 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
7273 }
|
|
|
7274 }
|
|
|
7275
|
|
|
7276 /*
|
|
|
7277 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
7278 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
|
|
|
7279 */
|
|
|
7280 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7281 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 /*
|
|
|
7284 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
|
|
|
7285 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
|
|
|
7286 * while (not)
|
|
|
7287 * -> {
|
|
|
7288 * }
|
|
|
7289 */
|
|
|
7290 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
7291 && theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7292 {
|
|
|
7293 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7294 /*
|
|
|
7295 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
|
|
|
7296 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
|
|
|
7297 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
|
|
|
7298 * { 1, 2 },
|
|
|
7299 * -> { 3, 4 }
|
|
|
7300 */
|
|
|
7301 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
|
|
|
7302 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7303
|
|
|
7304 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
|
|
|
7305 {
|
|
|
7306 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
|
|
|
7307 * class declaration or initialization */
|
|
|
7308 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
7309 continue;
|
|
|
7310 }
|
|
|
7311 break;
|
|
|
7312 }
|
|
|
7313
|
|
|
7314 /*
|
|
|
7315 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
|
|
|
7316 * Also allow " } else".
|
|
|
7317 */
|
|
|
7318 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
|
|
|
7319 {
|
|
|
7320 /*
|
|
|
7321 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
|
|
|
7322 * with the last one.
|
|
|
7323 * if (cond)
|
|
|
7324 * 100 +
|
|
|
7325 * -> here;
|
|
|
7326 */
|
|
|
7327 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7328 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7329 {
|
|
|
7330 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7331 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7332 else
|
|
|
7333 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7334 break;
|
|
|
7335 }
|
|
|
7336
|
|
|
7337 /*
|
|
|
7338 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
|
|
|
7339 * are finished.
|
|
|
7340 * while (not)
|
|
|
7341 * -> here;
|
|
|
7342 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
|
|
|
7343 * before this is terminated.
|
|
|
7344 * yyy;
|
|
|
7345 * if (stat)
|
|
|
7346 * while (not)
|
|
|
7347 * xxx;
|
|
|
7348 * -> here;
|
|
|
7349 */
|
|
|
7350 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7351 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7352 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7353 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7354 {
|
|
|
7355 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
|
|
|
7356 break;
|
|
|
7357 }
|
|
|
7358
|
|
|
7359 /*
|
|
|
7360 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
|
|
|
7361 * do, line up with the while()
|
|
|
7362 * do
|
|
|
7363 * x = 1;
|
|
|
7364 * -> here
|
|
|
7365 */
|
|
|
7366 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7367 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
7368 {
|
|
|
7369 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7370 break;
|
|
|
7371 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
7372 }
|
|
|
7373
|
|
|
7374 /*
|
|
|
7375 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
|
|
|
7376 * one between the "if" and the "else".
|
|
|
7377 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
7378 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
7379 */
|
|
|
7380 if (cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
7381 && whilelevel == 0
|
|
|
7382 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7383 == NULL
|
|
|
7384 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
7385 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
|
|
|
7386 break;
|
|
|
7387 }
|
|
|
7388
|
|
|
7389 /*
|
|
|
7390 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
|
|
|
7391 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
|
|
1224
|
7392 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
|
|
7
|
7393 * the line before this one.
|
|
|
7394 */
|
|
|
7395 else
|
|
|
7396 {
|
|
|
7397 /*
|
|
|
7398 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
|
|
|
7399 * the last one.
|
|
|
7400 * c = 99 +
|
|
|
7401 * 100 +
|
|
|
7402 * -> here;
|
|
|
7403 */
|
|
|
7404 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
|
|
|
7405 {
|
|
|
7406 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
|
|
|
7407 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7408 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7409 break;
|
|
|
7410 }
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7413 {
|
|
|
7414 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
|
|
|
7415 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
|
|
|
7416 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
|
|
|
7417 * opening brace or we are looking just for
|
|
|
7418 * enumerations/initializations. */
|
|
|
7419 if (terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7420 {
|
|
|
7421 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
|
|
|
7422 break;
|
|
|
7423
|
|
|
7424 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
|
|
|
7425 continue;
|
|
|
7426 }
|
|
|
7427
|
|
|
7428 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
|
|
|
7429 * reduce indent. */
|
|
|
7430 if (amount > cur_amount)
|
|
|
7431 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7432 }
|
|
|
7433 else
|
|
|
7434 {
|
|
|
7435 /*
|
|
|
7436 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
|
|
|
7437 * line up with this line, remember its indent
|
|
|
7438 * 100 +
|
|
|
7439 * -> here;
|
|
|
7440 */
|
|
|
7441 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7442
|
|
|
7443 /*
|
|
|
7444 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
|
|
|
7445 * are in an initialization or enum
|
|
|
7446 * struct xxx =
|
|
|
7447 * {
|
|
|
7448 * sizeof a,
|
|
|
7449 * 124 };
|
|
|
7450 * or a normal possible continuation line.
|
|
|
7451 * but only, of no other statement has been found
|
|
|
7452 * yet.
|
|
|
7453 */
|
|
|
7454 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
|
|
|
7455 {
|
|
|
7456 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
|
|
|
7457 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7458 }
|
|
|
7459 else
|
|
|
7460 {
|
|
|
7461 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
|
|
|
7462 && *l != NUL
|
|
|
7463 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7464 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7465 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
|
|
|
7466 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7467 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7468 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
|
|
|
7469 }
|
|
|
7470 }
|
|
|
7471 }
|
|
|
7472 }
|
|
|
7473
|
|
|
7474 /*
|
|
|
7475 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
|
|
|
7476 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
|
|
|
7477 */
|
|
|
7478 /* XXX */
|
|
829
|
7479 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7480 ind_maxcomment))
|
|
7
|
7481 {
|
|
|
7482 /*
|
|
|
7483 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
|
|
|
7484 * with the last one.
|
|
|
7485 * while (cond);
|
|
|
7486 * 100 + <- line up with this one
|
|
|
7487 * -> here;
|
|
|
7488 */
|
|
|
7489 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7490 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7491 {
|
|
|
7492 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7493 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7494 else
|
|
|
7495 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7496 break;
|
|
|
7497 }
|
|
|
7498
|
|
|
7499 if (whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7500 {
|
|
|
7501 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7502 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7503 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7504 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7505 }
|
|
|
7506 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
7507 }
|
|
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 /*
|
|
|
7510 * We are after a "normal" statement.
|
|
|
7511 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
|
|
|
7512 * indent of that other statement.
|
|
|
7513 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
|
|
|
7514 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
|
|
|
7515 */
|
|
|
7516 else
|
|
|
7517 {
|
|
|
7518 /*
|
|
|
7519 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
|
|
|
7520 * may be lined up with the case label.
|
|
|
7521 */
|
|
|
7522 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
|
|
|
7523 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
|
|
|
7524 {
|
|
|
7525 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
|
|
|
7526 continue;
|
|
|
7527 }
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 /*
|
|
|
7530 * Handle "do {" line.
|
|
|
7531 */
|
|
|
7532 if (whilelevel > 0)
|
|
|
7533 {
|
|
|
7534 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7535 if (cin_isdo(l))
|
|
|
7536 {
|
|
|
7537 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7538 --whilelevel;
|
|
|
7539 continue;
|
|
|
7540 }
|
|
|
7541 }
|
|
|
7542
|
|
|
7543 /*
|
|
|
7544 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
|
|
|
7545 * the amount for a continuation line.
|
|
|
7546 * x = 1;
|
|
|
7547 * y = foo +
|
|
|
7548 * -> here;
|
|
|
7549 * or
|
|
|
7550 * int x = 1;
|
|
|
7551 * int foo,
|
|
|
7552 * -> here;
|
|
|
7553 */
|
|
|
7554 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
|
|
|
7555 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
|
|
|
7556 {
|
|
|
7557 if (cont_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7558 amount = cont_amount;
|
|
|
7559 else
|
|
|
7560 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7561 break;
|
|
|
7562 }
|
|
|
7563
|
|
|
7564 /*
|
|
|
7565 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
|
|
|
7566 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
|
|
|
7567 * x = 1; x = 1;
|
|
|
7568 * if (asdf) y = 2;
|
|
|
7569 * while (asdf) ->here;
|
|
|
7570 * here;
|
|
|
7571 * ->foo;
|
|
|
7572 */
|
|
|
7573 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
|
|
|
7574 {
|
|
|
7575 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7576 break;
|
|
|
7577 }
|
|
|
7578
|
|
|
7579 /*
|
|
|
7580 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
|
|
|
7581 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
|
|
|
7582 * a terminated line.
|
|
|
7583 */
|
|
|
7584 else
|
|
|
7585 {
|
|
|
7586 /*
|
|
|
7587 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
|
|
|
7588 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
|
|
|
7589 * the line. Helps for:
|
|
|
7590 * func(asdr,
|
|
|
7591 * asdfasdf);
|
|
|
7592 * here;
|
|
|
7593 */
|
|
|
7594 term_again:
|
|
|
7595 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7596 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7597 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7598 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7599 {
|
|
|
7600 /*
|
|
|
7601 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
|
|
|
7602 * handled above.
|
|
|
7603 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
|
|
|
7604 * asdf)
|
|
|
7605 */
|
|
1550
|
7606 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
7
|
7607 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7608 if (cin_iscase(l) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
|
|
|
7609 {
|
|
|
7610 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
1550
|
7611 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
7612 continue;
|
|
|
7613 }
|
|
|
7614 }
|
|
|
7615
|
|
|
7616 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
|
|
|
7617 * with a statement after it.
|
|
|
7618 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
|
|
|
7619 * stat;
|
|
|
7620 * }
|
|
|
7621 * case 2:
|
|
|
7622 * stat;
|
|
|
7623 * }
|
|
|
7624 */
|
|
|
7625 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l));
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 /*
|
|
|
7628 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
|
|
|
7629 * ignoring any jump label.
|
|
|
7630 */
|
|
|
7631 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7632 &l, ind_maxcomment);
|
|
|
7633
|
|
|
7634 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7635 amount += ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7636 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
|
|
827
|
7637 l = skipwhite(l);
|
|
|
7638 if (*l == '{')
|
|
7
|
7639 amount -= ind_open_extra;
|
|
|
7640 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
|
|
|
7641
|
|
|
7642 /*
|
|
827
|
7643 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
|
|
|
7644 * the matching "if":
|
|
|
7645 * else 3;
|
|
856
|
7646 * indent this;
|
|
827
|
7647 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
|
|
|
7648 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
|
|
|
7649 */
|
|
|
7650 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
|
|
|
7651 && *l != '}'
|
|
|
7652 && cin_iselse(l)
|
|
|
7653 && whilelevel == 0)
|
|
|
7654 {
|
|
|
7655 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7656 == NULL
|
|
|
7657 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
|
|
|
7658 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7659 break;
|
|
|
7660 continue;
|
|
|
7661 }
|
|
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 /*
|
|
7
|
7664 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
|
|
|
7665 * that block.
|
|
|
7666 */
|
|
|
7667 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7668 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
|
|
|
7669 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
|
|
|
7670 != NULL) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7671 {
|
|
1550
|
7672 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
7
|
7673 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
|
|
|
7674 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
|
|
|
7675 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7676 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
|
|
|
7677 goto term_again;
|
|
|
7678 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
1550
|
7679 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
7680 }
|
|
|
7681 }
|
|
|
7682 }
|
|
|
7683 }
|
|
|
7684 }
|
|
|
7685 }
|
|
|
7686
|
|
|
7687 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7688 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7689 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7690 }
|
|
|
7691
|
|
|
7692 /*
|
|
|
7693 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
|
|
|
7694 *
|
|
|
7695 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
|
|
|
7696 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
|
|
|
7697 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
|
|
|
7698 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
|
|
|
7699 */
|
|
|
7700 else
|
|
|
7701 {
|
|
|
7702 /*
|
|
|
7703 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
|
|
|
7704 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
|
|
|
7705 * of a function
|
|
|
7706 */
|
|
|
7707
|
|
|
7708 if (theline[0] == '{')
|
|
|
7709 {
|
|
|
7710 amount = ind_first_open;
|
|
|
7711 }
|
|
|
7712
|
|
|
7713 /*
|
|
|
7714 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7715 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
|
|
|
7716 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment
|
|
|
7717 * or if the current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';'.
|
|
|
7718 */
|
|
|
7719 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7720 && !cin_nocode(theline)
|
|
|
7721 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
|
|
|
7722 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7723 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
|
|
|
7724 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7725 {
|
|
|
7726 amount = ind_func_type;
|
|
|
7727 }
|
|
|
7728 else
|
|
|
7729 {
|
|
|
7730 amount = 0;
|
|
|
7731 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7732
|
|
|
7733 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
|
|
|
7734
|
|
|
7735 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7736 {
|
|
|
7737 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7738 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7739
|
|
|
7740 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7741
|
|
|
7742 /*
|
|
|
7743 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
|
|
|
7744 */ /* XXX */
|
|
|
7745 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
|
7746 {
|
|
|
7747 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
|
|
1550
|
7748 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
7749 continue;
|
|
|
7750 }
|
|
|
7751
|
|
|
7752 /*
|
|
827
|
7753 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
|
|
|
7754 * constructor initialization?
|
|
7
|
7755 */ /* XXX */
|
|
827
|
7756 n = FALSE;
|
|
|
7757 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
|
|
|
7758 {
|
|
1336
|
7759 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
|
|
827
|
7760 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7761 }
|
|
|
7762 if (n)
|
|
7
|
7763 {
|
|
828
|
7764 /* XXX */
|
|
|
7765 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7766 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
|
|
7
|
7767 break;
|
|
|
7768 }
|
|
|
7769
|
|
|
7770 /*
|
|
|
7771 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
|
|
|
7772 */
|
|
|
7773 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7774 continue;
|
|
|
7775
|
|
|
7776 if (cin_nocode(l))
|
|
|
7777 continue;
|
|
|
7778
|
|
|
7779 /*
|
|
|
7780 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
|
|
|
7781 * indentation:
|
|
|
7782 * int foo,
|
|
|
7783 * bar;
|
|
|
7784 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
|
|
|
7785 * enum foobar
|
|
|
7786 * {
|
|
|
7787 * ...
|
|
|
7788 * } foo,
|
|
|
7789 * bar;
|
|
|
7790 */
|
|
|
7791 n = 0;
|
|
|
7792 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7793 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
|
|
|
7794 {
|
|
|
7795 /* take us back to opening paren */
|
|
|
7796 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
|
|
|
7797 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7798 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
1550
|
7799 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
7
|
7800
|
|
|
7801 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
|
|
|
7802 * back to the first line with a backslash:
|
|
|
7803 * char *foo = "bla\
|
|
|
7804 * bla",
|
|
|
7805 * here;
|
|
|
7806 */
|
|
|
7807 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7808 {
|
|
|
7809 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7810 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
|
|
|
7811 break;
|
|
|
7812 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
1550
|
7813 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
7814 }
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7819 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
|
|
|
7820 if (amount == 0)
|
|
|
7821 amount = ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7822 break;
|
|
|
7823 }
|
|
|
7824
|
|
|
7825 /*
|
|
|
7826 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
|
|
|
7827 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
|
|
|
7828 */
|
|
|
7829 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7830 break;
|
|
|
7831 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7832
|
|
|
7833 /*
|
|
|
7834 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
|
|
|
7835 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
|
|
|
7836 */
|
|
|
7837 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
|
|
|
7838 break;
|
|
|
7839
|
|
|
7840 /* (matching {)
|
|
|
7841 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
|
|
|
7842 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
|
|
|
7843 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
|
|
|
7844 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
|
|
|
7845 */
|
|
|
7846 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
|
|
|
7847 break;
|
|
|
7848
|
|
|
7849 /*
|
|
|
7850 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
|
|
|
7851 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
|
|
|
7852 * parameters.
|
|
|
7853 */
|
|
|
7854 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7855 {
|
|
|
7856 amount = ind_param;
|
|
|
7857 break;
|
|
|
7858 }
|
|
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 /*
|
|
|
7861 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
|
|
|
7862 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
|
|
|
7863 * int foo,
|
|
|
7864 * bar;
|
|
|
7865 * indent_to_0 here;
|
|
|
7866 */
|
|
828
|
7867 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
|
|
7
|
7868 {
|
|
|
7869 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7870 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
|
|
|
7871 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
|
|
|
7872 break;
|
|
|
7873 l = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7874 }
|
|
|
7875
|
|
|
7876 /*
|
|
|
7877 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
|
|
|
7878 * use the indent of this line.
|
|
|
7879 *
|
|
|
7880 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
|
|
|
7881 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
|
|
|
7882 */
|
|
|
7883 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
|
|
|
7884
|
|
|
7885 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
|
|
|
7886 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
|
|
1550
|
7887 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
|
|
7
|
7888 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7889 break;
|
|
|
7890 }
|
|
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 /* add extra indent for a comment */
|
|
|
7893 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
|
|
|
7894 amount += ind_comment;
|
|
|
7895
|
|
|
7896 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
|
|
|
7897 * "asdfasdf\
|
|
|
7898 * here";
|
|
|
7899 * char *foo = "asdf\
|
|
|
7900 * here";
|
|
|
7901 */
|
|
|
7902 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7903 {
|
|
|
7904 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7905 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
|
|
|
7906 {
|
|
|
7907 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
|
|
|
7908 if (cur_amount > 0)
|
|
|
7909 amount = cur_amount;
|
|
|
7910 else if (cur_amount == 0)
|
|
|
7911 amount += ind_continuation;
|
|
|
7912 }
|
|
|
7913 }
|
|
|
7914 }
|
|
|
7915 }
|
|
|
7916
|
|
|
7917 theend:
|
|
|
7918 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
|
|
|
7919 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
|
|
|
7920
|
|
|
7921 vim_free(linecopy);
|
|
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 if (amount < 0)
|
|
|
7924 return 0;
|
|
|
7925 return amount;
|
|
|
7926 }
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 static int
|
|
|
7929 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
|
|
|
7930 int lookfor;
|
|
|
7931 linenr_T ourscope;
|
|
|
7932 int ind_maxparen;
|
|
|
7933 int ind_maxcomment;
|
|
|
7934 {
|
|
|
7935 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7936 pos_T *theirscope;
|
|
|
7937 char_u *mightbeif;
|
|
|
7938 int elselevel;
|
|
|
7939 int whilelevel;
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
7942 {
|
|
|
7943 elselevel = 1;
|
|
|
7944 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
7945 }
|
|
|
7946 else
|
|
|
7947 {
|
|
|
7948 elselevel = 0;
|
|
|
7949 whilelevel = 1;
|
|
|
7950 }
|
|
|
7951
|
|
|
7952 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7953
|
|
|
7954 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
|
|
|
7955 {
|
|
|
7956 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
|
|
|
7957 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7958
|
|
|
7959 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7960 if (cin_iselse(look)
|
|
|
7961 || cin_isif(look)
|
|
|
7962 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
|
|
|
7963 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
7964 {
|
|
|
7965 /*
|
|
|
7966 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
|
|
|
7967 * we must be out of scope...
|
|
|
7968 */
|
|
|
7969 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
|
|
|
7970 if (theirscope == NULL)
|
|
|
7971 break;
|
|
|
7972
|
|
|
7973 /*
|
|
|
7974 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
|
|
|
7975 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
|
|
|
7976 * out of luck too.
|
|
|
7977 */
|
|
|
7978 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
|
|
|
7979 break;
|
|
|
7980
|
|
|
7981 /*
|
|
|
7982 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
|
|
|
7983 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
|
|
|
7984 * different scope...
|
|
|
7985 */
|
|
|
7986 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
|
|
|
7987 continue;
|
|
|
7988
|
|
|
7989 /*
|
|
|
7990 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
|
|
|
7991 * then we need to go back to another if, so
|
|
|
7992 * increment elselevel
|
|
|
7993 */
|
|
|
7994 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7995 if (cin_iselse(look))
|
|
|
7996 {
|
|
|
7997 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
|
|
|
7998 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
|
|
|
7999 ++elselevel;
|
|
|
8000 continue;
|
|
|
8001 }
|
|
|
8002
|
|
|
8003 /*
|
|
|
8004 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
|
|
|
8005 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
|
|
|
8006 */
|
|
|
8007 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
|
|
|
8008 {
|
|
|
8009 ++whilelevel;
|
|
|
8010 continue;
|
|
|
8011 }
|
|
|
8012
|
|
|
8013 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
|
|
|
8014 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8015 if (cin_isif(look))
|
|
|
8016 {
|
|
|
8017 elselevel--;
|
|
|
8018 /*
|
|
|
8019 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
|
|
|
8020 * get in the way.
|
|
|
8021 */
|
|
|
8022 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
|
|
|
8023 whilelevel = 0;
|
|
|
8024 }
|
|
|
8025
|
|
|
8026 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
|
|
|
8027 if (cin_isdo(look))
|
|
|
8028 whilelevel--;
|
|
|
8029
|
|
|
8030 /*
|
|
|
8031 * if we've used up all the elses, then
|
|
|
8032 * this must be the if that we want!
|
|
|
8033 * match the indent level of that if.
|
|
|
8034 */
|
|
|
8035 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
|
|
|
8036 {
|
|
|
8037 return OK;
|
|
|
8038 }
|
|
|
8039 }
|
|
|
8040 }
|
|
|
8041 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8042 }
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8045 /*
|
|
|
8046 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
|
|
|
8047 */
|
|
|
8048 int
|
|
|
8049 get_expr_indent()
|
|
|
8050 {
|
|
|
8051 int indent;
|
|
|
8052 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8053 int save_State;
|
|
681
|
8054 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
|
|
|
8055 OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
7
|
8056
|
|
|
8057 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8058 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
634
|
8059 if (use_sandbox)
|
|
|
8060 ++sandbox;
|
|
|
8061 ++textlock;
|
|
7
|
8062 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
|
|
634
|
8063 if (use_sandbox)
|
|
|
8064 --sandbox;
|
|
|
8065 --textlock;
|
|
7
|
8066
|
|
|
8067 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
|
|
|
8068 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
|
|
|
8069 * command. */
|
|
|
8070 save_State = State;
|
|
|
8071 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
8072 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
8073 check_cursor();
|
|
|
8074 State = save_State;
|
|
|
8075
|
|
|
8076 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
|
|
|
8077 if (indent < 0)
|
|
|
8078 indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8079
|
|
|
8080 return indent;
|
|
|
8081 }
|
|
|
8082 # endif
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
8085
|
|
|
8086 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8087
|
|
|
8088 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
8089
|
|
|
8090 static int
|
|
|
8091 lisp_match(p)
|
|
|
8092 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8093 {
|
|
|
8094 char_u buf[LSIZE];
|
|
|
8095 int len;
|
|
|
8096 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
|
|
|
8097
|
|
|
8098 while (*word != NUL)
|
|
|
8099 {
|
|
|
8100 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
8101 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
8102 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
|
|
|
8103 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8104 }
|
|
|
8105 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8106 }
|
|
|
8107
|
|
|
8108 /*
|
|
|
8109 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
|
|
|
8110 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
|
|
|
8111 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
|
|
|
8112 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
|
|
|
8113 *
|
|
|
8114 * TODO:
|
|
|
8115 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
|
|
|
8116 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
|
|
|
8117 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
|
|
|
8118 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
|
|
|
8119 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
|
|
|
8120 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
|
|
14
|
8121 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
|
|
|
8122 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
|
|
7
|
8123 */
|
|
|
8124 int
|
|
|
8125 get_lisp_indent()
|
|
|
8126 {
|
|
14
|
8127 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
|
|
7
|
8128 int amount;
|
|
|
8129 char_u *that;
|
|
|
8130 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
8131 colnr_T firsttry;
|
|
|
8132 int parencount, quotecount;
|
|
|
8133 int vi_lisp;
|
|
|
8134
|
|
|
8135 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
|
|
|
8136 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8139 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8140
|
|
14
|
8141 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
|
|
|
8142 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
8143 else
|
|
|
8144 {
|
|
|
8145 paren = *pos;
|
|
|
8146 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
|
|
|
8147 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
|
|
|
8148 pos = &paren;
|
|
|
8149 }
|
|
|
8150 if (pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
8151 {
|
|
|
8152 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
|
|
|
8153 * line that is at the same () level. */
|
|
|
8154 amount = -1;
|
|
|
8155 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
8156
|
|
|
8157 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
|
|
|
8158 {
|
|
|
8159 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
8160 continue;
|
|
|
8161 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
|
|
|
8162 {
|
|
|
8163 if (*that == ';')
|
|
|
8164 {
|
|
|
8165 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8166 ++that;
|
|
|
8167 continue;
|
|
|
8168 }
|
|
|
8169 if (*that == '\\')
|
|
|
8170 {
|
|
|
8171 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8172 ++that;
|
|
|
8173 continue;
|
|
|
8174 }
|
|
|
8175 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8176 {
|
|
983
|
8177 while (*++that && *that != '"')
|
|
|
8178 {
|
|
|
8179 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
|
|
|
8180 if (*that == '\\')
|
|
|
8181 {
|
|
|
8182 if (*++that == NUL)
|
|
|
8183 break;
|
|
|
8184 if (that[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
8185 {
|
|
|
8186 ++that;
|
|
|
8187 break;
|
|
|
8188 }
|
|
|
8189 }
|
|
|
8190 }
|
|
7
|
8191 }
|
|
14
|
8192 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
8193 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
8194 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
7
|
8195 --parencount;
|
|
|
8196 }
|
|
|
8197 if (parencount == 0)
|
|
|
8198 {
|
|
|
8199 amount = get_indent();
|
|
|
8200 break;
|
|
|
8201 }
|
|
|
8202 }
|
|
|
8203
|
|
|
8204 if (amount == -1)
|
|
|
8205 {
|
|
|
8206 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8207 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
|
|
|
8208 col = pos->col;
|
|
|
8209
|
|
|
8210 that = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
8211
|
|
|
8212 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
|
|
|
8213 amount = 2;
|
|
|
8214 else
|
|
|
8215 {
|
|
|
8216 amount = 0;
|
|
|
8217 while (*that && col)
|
|
|
8218 {
|
|
|
8219 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8220 col--;
|
|
|
8221 }
|
|
|
8222
|
|
|
8223 /*
|
|
|
8224 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
|
|
|
8225 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
|
|
|
8226 *
|
|
|
8227 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
|
|
|
8228 * (...)) of (...))
|
|
|
8229 */
|
|
|
8230
|
|
14
|
8231 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
8232 && lisp_match(that + 1))
|
|
7
|
8233 amount += 2;
|
|
|
8234 else
|
|
|
8235 {
|
|
|
8236 that++;
|
|
|
8237 amount++;
|
|
|
8238 firsttry = amount;
|
|
|
8239
|
|
|
8240 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
8241 {
|
|
|
8242 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8243 ++that;
|
|
|
8244 }
|
|
|
8245
|
|
|
8246 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
|
|
|
8247 {
|
|
1532
|
8248 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
|
|
7
|
8249 * argument if it is more than one line */
|
|
14
|
8250 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
|
|
7
|
8251 firsttry++;
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 parencount = 0;
|
|
|
8254 quotecount = 0;
|
|
|
8255
|
|
|
8256 if (vi_lisp
|
|
|
8257 || (*that != '"'
|
|
|
8258 && *that != '\''
|
|
|
8259 && *that != '#'
|
|
|
8260 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
|
|
|
8261 {
|
|
|
8262 while (*that
|
|
|
8263 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
|
|
|
8264 || quotecount
|
|
|
8265 || parencount)
|
|
14
|
8266 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
7
|
8267 && !quotecount
|
|
|
8268 && !parencount
|
|
|
8269 && vi_lisp)))
|
|
|
8270 {
|
|
|
8271 if (*that == '"')
|
|
|
8272 quotecount = !quotecount;
|
|
14
|
8273 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
|
|
|
8274 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
8275 ++parencount;
|
|
14
|
8276 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
|
|
|
8277 && !quotecount)
|
|
7
|
8278 --parencount;
|
|
|
8279 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
|
|
|
8280 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
8281 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8282 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
|
|
|
8283 (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8284 }
|
|
|
8285 }
|
|
|
8286 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
|
|
|
8287 {
|
|
|
8288 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
|
|
|
8289 that++;
|
|
|
8290 }
|
|
|
8291 if (!*that || *that == ';')
|
|
|
8292 amount = firsttry;
|
|
|
8293 }
|
|
|
8294 }
|
|
|
8295 }
|
|
|
8296 }
|
|
|
8297 }
|
|
|
8298 else
|
|
14
|
8299 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
|
|
7
|
8300
|
|
|
8301 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
|
|
|
8302
|
|
|
8303 return amount;
|
|
|
8304 }
|
|
|
8305 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */
|
|
|
8306
|
|
|
8307 void
|
|
|
8308 prepare_to_exit()
|
|
|
8309 {
|
|
39
|
8310 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
|
|
|
8311 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
|
|
|
8312 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
|
|
|
8313 * problems. */
|
|
36
|
8314 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
|
|
|
8315 #endif
|
|
|
8316
|
|
7
|
8317 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8318 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8319 {
|
|
|
8320 gui.dying = TRUE;
|
|
|
8321 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
|
|
|
8322 }
|
|
|
8323 else
|
|
|
8324 #endif
|
|
|
8325 {
|
|
|
8326 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
|
|
|
8327
|
|
|
8328 /*
|
|
|
8329 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
|
|
|
8330 * screen (if there are two screens).
|
|
|
8331 */
|
|
|
8332 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
|
|
|
8333 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8334 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
|
|
|
8335 #endif
|
|
|
8336 stoptermcap();
|
|
|
8337 out_flush();
|
|
|
8338 }
|
|
|
8339 }
|
|
|
8340
|
|
|
8341 /*
|
|
|
8342 * Preserve files and exit.
|
|
|
8343 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
|
|
|
8344 */
|
|
|
8345 void
|
|
|
8346 preserve_exit()
|
|
|
8347 {
|
|
|
8348 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
8349
|
|
|
8350 prepare_to_exit();
|
|
|
8351
|
|
625
|
8352 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
|
|
|
8353 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
|
|
|
8354 really_exiting = TRUE;
|
|
|
8355
|
|
7
|
8356 out_str(IObuff);
|
|
|
8357 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
8358 out_flush();
|
|
|
8359
|
|
|
8360 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
|
|
|
8361
|
|
|
8362 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
8363 {
|
|
|
8364 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
8365 {
|
|
|
8366 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
|
|
|
8367 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
|
|
|
8368 out_flush();
|
|
|
8369 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
|
|
|
8370 break;
|
|
|
8371 }
|
|
|
8372 }
|
|
|
8373
|
|
|
8374 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
|
|
|
8375
|
|
|
8376 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
|
|
|
8377
|
|
|
8378 getout(1);
|
|
|
8379 }
|
|
|
8380
|
|
|
8381 /*
|
|
|
8382 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
|
|
|
8383 */
|
|
|
8384 int
|
|
|
8385 vim_fexists(fname)
|
|
|
8386 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
8387 {
|
|
|
8388 struct stat st;
|
|
|
8389
|
|
|
8390 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
|
|
|
8391 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8392 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8393 }
|
|
|
8394
|
|
|
8395 /*
|
|
|
8396 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
|
|
|
8397 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
|
|
|
8398 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
|
|
|
8399 * time, because it can be a system call.
|
|
|
8400 */
|
|
|
8401
|
|
|
8402 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
|
|
|
8403 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
|
|
|
8404 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
|
|
|
8405 # else
|
|
|
8406 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
|
|
|
8407 # endif
|
|
|
8408 #endif
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 static int breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8411
|
|
|
8412 void
|
|
|
8413 line_breakcheck()
|
|
|
8414 {
|
|
|
8415 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
|
|
|
8416 {
|
|
|
8417 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8418 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8419 }
|
|
|
8420 }
|
|
|
8421
|
|
|
8422 /*
|
|
|
8423 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
|
|
|
8424 */
|
|
|
8425 void
|
|
|
8426 fast_breakcheck()
|
|
|
8427 {
|
|
|
8428 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
|
|
|
8429 {
|
|
|
8430 breakcheck_count = 0;
|
|
|
8431 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8432 }
|
|
|
8433 }
|
|
|
8434
|
|
|
8435 /*
|
|
|
8436 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
|
|
|
8437 * 'wildignore'.
|
|
714
|
8438 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
7
|
8439 */
|
|
|
8440 int
|
|
|
8441 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
8442 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
8443 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
8444 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
8445 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
8446 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
|
|
|
8447 {
|
|
|
8448 int retval;
|
|
|
8449 int i, j;
|
|
|
8450 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8451 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
|
|
|
8452
|
|
|
8453 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
8454
|
|
|
8455 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
|
|
|
8456 if (flags & EW_KEEPALL)
|
|
|
8457 return retval;
|
|
|
8458
|
|
|
8459 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
|
|
|
8460 /*
|
|
|
8461 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
|
|
|
8462 */
|
|
|
8463 if (*p_wig)
|
|
|
8464 {
|
|
|
8465 char_u *ffname;
|
|
|
8466
|
|
|
8467 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
|
|
|
8468 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
8469 {
|
|
|
8470 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
|
|
|
8471 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
8472 break;
|
|
|
8473 # ifdef VMS
|
|
|
8474 vms_remove_version(ffname);
|
|
|
8475 # endif
|
|
|
8476 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
|
|
|
8477 {
|
|
|
8478 /* remove this matching file from the list */
|
|
|
8479 vim_free((*file)[i]);
|
|
|
8480 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
|
|
|
8481 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
|
|
|
8482 --*num_file;
|
|
|
8483 --i;
|
|
|
8484 }
|
|
|
8485 vim_free(ffname);
|
|
|
8486 }
|
|
|
8487 }
|
|
|
8488 #endif
|
|
|
8489
|
|
|
8490 /*
|
|
|
8491 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
|
|
|
8492 */
|
|
|
8493 if (*num_file > 1)
|
|
|
8494 {
|
|
|
8495 non_suf_match = 0;
|
|
|
8496 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
|
|
|
8497 {
|
|
|
8498 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
|
|
|
8499 {
|
|
|
8500 /*
|
|
|
8501 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
|
|
|
8502 * of the list.
|
|
|
8503 */
|
|
|
8504 p = (*file)[i];
|
|
|
8505 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
|
|
|
8506 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
|
|
|
8507 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
|
|
|
8508 }
|
|
|
8509 }
|
|
|
8510 }
|
|
|
8511
|
|
|
8512 return retval;
|
|
|
8513 }
|
|
|
8514
|
|
|
8515 /*
|
|
|
8516 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
|
|
|
8517 */
|
|
|
8518 int
|
|
|
8519 match_suffix(fname)
|
|
|
8520 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
8521 {
|
|
|
8522 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
|
|
|
8523 char_u *setsuf;
|
|
|
8524 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
|
|
|
8525 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
|
|
|
8526
|
|
|
8527 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
|
|
|
8528 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
8529 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
|
|
|
8530 {
|
|
|
8531 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
|
|
|
8532 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
|
|
|
8533 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
|
|
|
8534 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
|
|
|
8535 break;
|
|
|
8536 setsuflen = 0;
|
|
|
8537 }
|
|
|
8538 return (setsuflen != 0);
|
|
|
8539 }
|
|
|
8540
|
|
|
8541 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8542
|
|
|
8543 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
8544 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
8545 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
|
|
|
8546 # endif
|
|
|
8547
|
|
|
8548 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
|
|
|
8549 /*
|
|
|
8550 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
|
|
|
8551 * it's shared between these systems.
|
|
|
8552 */
|
|
|
8553 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8554 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
|
|
|
8555 # else
|
|
|
8556 # ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
8557 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
8558 # endif
|
|
|
8559 # endif
|
|
|
8560
|
|
|
8561 /*
|
|
|
8562 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
|
|
|
8563 */
|
|
|
8564 static int _cdecl
|
|
|
8565 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
|
|
|
8566 {
|
|
39
|
8567 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
7
|
8568 }
|
|
|
8569
|
|
|
8570 # ifndef WIN3264
|
|
|
8571 static void
|
|
|
8572 namelowcpy(
|
|
|
8573 char_u *d,
|
|
|
8574 char_u *s)
|
|
|
8575 {
|
|
|
8576 # ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
8577 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
|
|
|
8578 while (*s)
|
|
|
8579 *d++ = *s++;
|
|
|
8580 else
|
|
|
8581 # endif
|
|
|
8582 while (*s)
|
|
|
8583 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
|
|
|
8584 *d = NUL;
|
|
|
8585 }
|
|
|
8586 # endif
|
|
|
8587
|
|
|
8588 /*
|
|
445
|
8589 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
|
|
|
8590 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
|
|
7
|
8591 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8592 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
8593 * at "path[wildoff]".
|
|
445
|
8594 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8595 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
|
|
7
|
8596 */
|
|
|
8597 static int
|
|
|
8598 dos_expandpath(
|
|
|
8599 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8600 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8601 int wildoff,
|
|
445
|
8602 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
|
|
1224
|
8603 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
|
|
445
|
8604 {
|
|
|
8605 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
8606 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
8607 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
8608 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
8609 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8610 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
8611 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
8612 int matches;
|
|
|
8613 int len;
|
|
|
8614 int starstar = FALSE;
|
|
|
8615 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
|
|
7
|
8616 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8617 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
|
|
|
8618 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
|
|
|
8619 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8620 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
|
|
|
8621 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
|
|
|
8622 # endif
|
|
|
8623 #else
|
|
|
8624 struct ffblk fb;
|
|
|
8625 #endif
|
|
|
8626 char_u *matchname;
|
|
445
|
8627 int ok;
|
|
|
8628
|
|
|
8629 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
|
|
|
8630 if (stardepth > 0)
|
|
|
8631 {
|
|
|
8632 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8633 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8634 return 0;
|
|
|
8635 }
|
|
7
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 /* make room for file name */
|
|
445
|
8638 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
7
|
8639 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
8640 return 0;
|
|
|
8641
|
|
|
8642 /*
|
|
|
8643 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
|
|
|
8644 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
8645 */
|
|
|
8646 p = buf;
|
|
|
8647 s = buf;
|
|
|
8648 e = NULL;
|
|
|
8649 path_end = path;
|
|
|
8650 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8651 {
|
|
|
8652 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
8653 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
8654 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
8655 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8656 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8657 {
|
|
|
8658 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
8659 break;
|
|
|
8660 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
8661 }
|
|
|
8662 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
8663 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
8664 e = p;
|
|
|
8665 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8666 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8667 {
|
|
474
|
8668 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
|
|
7
|
8669 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
8670 p += len;
|
|
|
8671 path_end += len;
|
|
|
8672 }
|
|
|
8673 else
|
|
|
8674 #endif
|
|
|
8675 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8676 }
|
|
|
8677 e = p;
|
|
|
8678 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
8679
|
|
|
8680 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
|
|
|
8681 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
8682 * component. */
|
|
|
8683 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
8684 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
8685 {
|
|
1624
|
8686 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
|
|
7
|
8687 --e;
|
|
|
8688 --s;
|
|
|
8689 }
|
|
|
8690
|
|
445
|
8691 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
|
|
|
8692 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
|
|
|
8693 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
8694 starstar = TRUE;
|
|
|
8695
|
|
7
|
8696 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
8697 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
8698 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
8699 {
|
|
|
8700 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8701 return 0;
|
|
|
8702 }
|
|
|
8703
|
|
|
8704 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
|
8705 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
|
8706 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
8707 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
8708
|
|
|
8709 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
8710 {
|
|
|
8711 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8712 return 0;
|
|
|
8713 }
|
|
|
8714
|
|
|
8715 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
|
|
|
8716 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
|
|
|
8717
|
|
445
|
8718 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
|
|
|
8719 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
|
|
|
8720 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
|
|
|
8721 && *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8722 {
|
|
|
8723 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
|
|
|
8724 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
8725 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
8726 --stardepth;
|
|
|
8727 }
|
|
|
8728
|
|
7
|
8729 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
|
|
|
8730 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
|
|
|
8731 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8732 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8733 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
|
8734 {
|
|
|
8735 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
|
|
|
8736 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
|
|
|
8737 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
|
|
1752
|
8738 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
|
|
7
|
8739 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8740 {
|
|
|
8741 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8742 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|
|
|
8743 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
|
|
|
8744 {
|
|
|
8745 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8746 wn = NULL;
|
|
|
8747 }
|
|
|
8748 }
|
|
|
8749 }
|
|
|
8750
|
|
|
8751 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8752 # endif
|
|
|
8753 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8754 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8755 #else
|
|
|
8756 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
|
|
|
8757 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8758 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8759 #endif
|
|
|
8760
|
|
|
8761 while (ok)
|
|
|
8762 {
|
|
|
8763 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8764 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8765 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
1752
|
8766 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
|
|
7
|
8767 else
|
|
|
8768 # endif
|
|
|
8769 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
|
|
|
8770 #else
|
|
|
8771 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
|
|
|
8772 #endif
|
|
|
8773 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
|
|
|
8774 * all entries found with "matchname". */
|
|
|
8775 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
8776 && (matchname == NULL
|
|
|
8777 || vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)))
|
|
|
8778 {
|
|
|
8779 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8780 STRCPY(s, p);
|
|
|
8781 #else
|
|
|
8782 namelowcpy(s, p);
|
|
|
8783 #endif
|
|
|
8784 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
445
|
8785
|
|
|
8786 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
|
|
|
8787 {
|
|
|
8788 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
|
|
|
8789 * find matches. */
|
|
|
8790 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
|
|
|
8791 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
|
|
|
8792 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
8793 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
8794 --stardepth;
|
|
|
8795 }
|
|
|
8796
|
|
7
|
8797 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
8798 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
|
|
|
8799 {
|
|
|
8800 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
8801 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
445
|
8802 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8803 }
|
|
|
8804 else
|
|
|
8805 {
|
|
|
8806 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
8807 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
8808 if (*path_end != 0)
|
|
|
8809 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
8810 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
8811 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
8812 }
|
|
|
8813 }
|
|
|
8814
|
|
|
8815 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8816 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8817 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8818 {
|
|
|
8819 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
8820 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
|
|
|
8821 }
|
|
|
8822 else
|
|
|
8823 # endif
|
|
|
8824 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
|
|
|
8825 #else
|
|
|
8826 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
|
|
|
8827 #endif
|
|
|
8828
|
|
|
8829 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
|
|
|
8830 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
|
|
|
8831 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
|
|
|
8832 {
|
|
|
8833 STRCPY(s, matchname);
|
|
|
8834 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8835 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8836 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8837 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8838 {
|
|
|
8839 vim_free(wn);
|
|
1752
|
8840 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
|
|
7
|
8841 if (wn != NULL)
|
|
|
8842 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
|
|
|
8843 }
|
|
|
8844 if (wn == NULL)
|
|
|
8845 # endif
|
|
|
8846 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
|
|
|
8847 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
|
|
|
8848 #else
|
|
|
8849 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
|
|
|
8850 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
|
|
|
8851 #endif
|
|
|
8852 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8853 matchname = NULL;
|
|
|
8854 }
|
|
|
8855 }
|
|
|
8856
|
|
|
8857 #ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
8858 FindClose(hFind);
|
|
|
8859 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8860 vim_free(wn);
|
|
|
8861 # endif
|
|
|
8862 #endif
|
|
|
8863 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
8864 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
8865 vim_free(matchname);
|
|
|
8866
|
|
|
8867 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
8868 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
8869 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
|
|
|
8870 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
8871 return matches;
|
|
|
8872 }
|
|
|
8873
|
|
|
8874 int
|
|
|
8875 mch_expandpath(
|
|
|
8876 garray_T *gap,
|
|
|
8877 char_u *path,
|
|
|
8878 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8879 {
|
|
445
|
8880 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8881 }
|
|
|
8882 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
|
|
|
8883
|
|
445
|
8884 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
|
|
|
8885 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8886 /*
|
|
|
8887 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
8888 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
|
|
|
8889 */
|
|
|
8890 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
8891
|
|
|
8892 static int
|
|
|
8893 pstrcmp(a, b)
|
|
|
8894 const void *a, *b;
|
|
|
8895 {
|
|
|
8896 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
|
|
|
8897 }
|
|
|
8898
|
|
|
8899 /*
|
|
|
8900 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
|
|
|
8901 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
|
|
|
8902 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
|
|
|
8903 * at "path + wildoff".
|
|
|
8904 * Return the number of matches found.
|
|
|
8905 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
|
|
|
8906 */
|
|
|
8907 int
|
|
|
8908 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
|
|
|
8909 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
8910 char_u *path;
|
|
|
8911 int wildoff;
|
|
|
8912 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
8913 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
|
|
|
8914 {
|
|
|
8915 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
8916 char_u *path_end;
|
|
|
8917 char_u *p, *s, *e;
|
|
|
8918 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
8919 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
8920 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
8921 int starts_with_dot;
|
|
|
8922 int matches;
|
|
|
8923 int len;
|
|
|
8924 int starstar = FALSE;
|
|
|
8925 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
|
|
|
8926
|
|
|
8927 DIR *dirp;
|
|
|
8928 struct dirent *dp;
|
|
|
8929
|
|
|
8930 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
|
|
|
8931 if (stardepth > 0)
|
|
|
8932 {
|
|
|
8933 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
8934 if (got_int)
|
|
|
8935 return 0;
|
|
|
8936 }
|
|
|
8937
|
|
|
8938 /* make room for file name */
|
|
|
8939 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
|
|
|
8940 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
8941 return 0;
|
|
|
8942
|
|
|
8943 /*
|
|
|
8944 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
|
|
|
8945 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
|
|
|
8946 */
|
|
|
8947 p = buf;
|
|
|
8948 s = buf;
|
|
|
8949 e = NULL;
|
|
|
8950 path_end = path;
|
|
|
8951 while (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
8952 {
|
|
|
8953 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
|
|
|
8954 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
|
|
|
8955 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
|
|
|
8956 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8957 else if (*path_end == '/')
|
|
|
8958 {
|
|
|
8959 if (e != NULL)
|
|
|
8960 break;
|
|
|
8961 s = p + 1;
|
|
|
8962 }
|
|
|
8963 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
|
|
|
8964 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
|
|
|
8965 e = p;
|
|
|
8966 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8967 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8968 {
|
|
474
|
8969 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
|
|
445
|
8970 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
|
|
|
8971 p += len;
|
|
|
8972 path_end += len;
|
|
|
8973 }
|
|
|
8974 else
|
|
|
8975 #endif
|
|
|
8976 *p++ = *path_end++;
|
|
|
8977 }
|
|
|
8978 e = p;
|
|
|
8979 *e = NUL;
|
|
|
8980
|
|
|
8981 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
|
|
|
8982 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
|
|
|
8983 * component. */
|
|
|
8984 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
|
|
|
8985 if (rem_backslash(p))
|
|
|
8986 {
|
|
1624
|
8987 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
|
|
445
|
8988 --e;
|
|
|
8989 --s;
|
|
|
8990 }
|
|
|
8991
|
|
|
8992 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
|
|
|
8993 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
|
|
|
8994 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
|
|
|
8995 starstar = TRUE;
|
|
|
8996
|
|
|
8997 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
|
|
|
8998 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
|
|
|
8999 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
9000 if (pat == NULL)
|
|
|
9001 {
|
|
|
9002 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
9003 return 0;
|
|
|
9004 }
|
|
|
9005
|
|
|
9006 /* compile the regexp into a program */
|
|
587
|
9007 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
445
|
9008 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
|
|
|
9009 #else
|
|
|
9010 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
|
|
|
9011 #endif
|
|
|
9012 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
9013 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
9014
|
|
|
9015 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
9016 {
|
|
|
9017 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
9018 return 0;
|
|
|
9019 }
|
|
|
9020
|
|
|
9021 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
|
|
|
9022 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
|
|
|
9023 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
|
|
|
9024 && *path_end == '/')
|
|
|
9025 {
|
|
|
9026 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
|
|
|
9027 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
9028 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
9029 --stardepth;
|
|
|
9030 }
|
|
|
9031
|
|
|
9032 /* open the directory for scanning */
|
|
|
9033 *s = NUL;
|
|
|
9034 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
|
|
|
9035
|
|
|
9036 /* Find all matching entries */
|
|
|
9037 if (dirp != NULL)
|
|
|
9038 {
|
|
|
9039 for (;;)
|
|
|
9040 {
|
|
|
9041 dp = readdir(dirp);
|
|
|
9042 if (dp == NULL)
|
|
|
9043 break;
|
|
|
9044 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
|
|
|
9045 && vim_regexec(®match, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
9046 {
|
|
|
9047 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
|
|
|
9048 len = STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
9049
|
|
|
9050 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
|
|
|
9051 {
|
|
|
9052 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
|
|
|
9053 * find matches. */
|
|
|
9054 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
|
|
|
9055 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
|
|
|
9056 ++stardepth;
|
|
|
9057 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
|
|
|
9058 --stardepth;
|
|
|
9059 }
|
|
|
9060
|
|
|
9061 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
|
|
|
9062 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
|
|
|
9063 {
|
|
|
9064 /* need to expand another component of the path */
|
|
|
9065 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
9066 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
|
|
|
9067 }
|
|
|
9068 else
|
|
|
9069 {
|
|
|
9070 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
|
|
|
9071 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
|
|
|
9072 if (*path_end != NUL)
|
|
|
9073 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
|
|
|
9074 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
|
|
|
9075 {
|
|
768
|
9076 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
445
|
9077 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
|
|
|
9078 char_u *precomp_buf =
|
|
|
9079 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
|
|
768
|
9080
|
|
445
|
9081 if (precomp_buf)
|
|
|
9082 {
|
|
|
9083 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
|
|
|
9084 vim_free(precomp_buf);
|
|
|
9085 }
|
|
|
9086 #endif
|
|
|
9087 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
|
|
|
9088 }
|
|
|
9089 }
|
|
|
9090 }
|
|
|
9091 }
|
|
|
9092
|
|
|
9093 closedir(dirp);
|
|
|
9094 }
|
|
|
9095
|
|
|
9096 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
9097 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
9098
|
|
|
9099 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
|
|
|
9100 if (matches > 0)
|
|
|
9101 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
|
|
|
9102 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
|
|
|
9103 return matches;
|
|
|
9104 }
|
|
|
9105 #endif
|
|
|
9106
|
|
7
|
9107 /*
|
|
|
9108 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
|
|
|
9109 *
|
|
|
9110 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
|
|
|
9111 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
|
|
|
9112 *
|
|
|
9113 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
|
|
|
9114 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
|
|
|
9115 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
|
|
|
9116 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
|
|
|
9117 */
|
|
|
9118 int
|
|
|
9119 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
|
|
|
9120 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
|
|
|
9121 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
|
|
|
9122 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
|
|
|
9123 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
|
|
|
9124 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
9125 {
|
|
|
9126 int i;
|
|
|
9127 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
9128 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9129 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9130 int add_pat;
|
|
|
9131
|
|
|
9132 /*
|
|
|
9133 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
|
|
|
9134 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
|
|
|
9135 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
|
|
|
9136 * return FAIL.
|
|
|
9137 */
|
|
|
9138 if (recursive)
|
|
|
9139 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
9140 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
9141 #else
|
|
|
9142 return FAIL;
|
|
|
9143 #endif
|
|
|
9144
|
|
|
9145 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
|
|
|
9146 /*
|
|
|
9147 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
|
|
|
9148 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
|
|
|
9149 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
|
|
|
9150 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
|
|
|
9151 */
|
|
|
9152 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
|
|
|
9153 {
|
|
|
9154 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
|
|
|
9155 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9156 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
|
|
|
9157 # endif
|
|
|
9158 )
|
|
|
9159 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
|
|
|
9160 }
|
|
|
9161 #endif
|
|
|
9162
|
|
|
9163 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
9164
|
|
|
9165 /*
|
|
|
9166 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
|
|
|
9167 */
|
|
|
9168 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
|
|
|
9169
|
|
|
9170 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
|
|
|
9171 {
|
|
|
9172 add_pat = -1;
|
|
|
9173 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
9174
|
|
|
9175 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9176 if (vim_backtick(p))
|
|
|
9177 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
9178 else
|
|
|
9179 #endif
|
|
|
9180 {
|
|
|
9181 /*
|
|
|
9182 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
|
|
|
9183 */
|
|
|
9184 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
9185 {
|
|
1408
|
9186 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9187 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
9188 p = pat[i];
|
|
|
9189 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
9190 /*
|
|
|
9191 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
|
|
|
9192 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
|
|
|
9193 * found file names and start all over again.
|
|
|
9194 */
|
|
|
9195 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
|
|
|
9196 {
|
|
|
9197 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
9198 ga_clear(&ga);
|
|
|
9199 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
|
|
|
9200 flags);
|
|
|
9201 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9202 return i;
|
|
|
9203 }
|
|
|
9204 #endif
|
|
|
9205 }
|
|
|
9206
|
|
|
9207 /*
|
|
|
9208 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
|
|
|
9209 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
|
|
|
9210 * the pattern.
|
|
|
9211 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
|
|
|
9212 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
|
|
|
9213 */
|
|
|
9214 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
|
|
|
9215 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
|
|
|
9216 }
|
|
|
9217
|
|
|
9218 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
|
|
|
9219 {
|
|
|
9220 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
|
|
|
9221
|
|
|
9222 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
9223 slash_to_colon(t);
|
|
|
9224 #endif
|
|
|
9225 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
|
|
|
9226 * "vim c:/" work. */
|
|
|
9227 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
|
|
|
9228 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
|
|
|
9229 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
|
|
|
9230 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
|
|
|
9231 vim_free(t);
|
|
|
9232 }
|
|
|
9233
|
|
|
9234 if (p != pat[i])
|
|
|
9235 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
9236 }
|
|
|
9237
|
|
|
9238 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
9239 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
|
|
|
9240
|
|
|
9241 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
9242
|
|
|
9243 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
9244 }
|
|
|
9245
|
|
|
9246 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
|
|
|
9247
|
|
|
9248 /*
|
|
|
9249 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
|
|
|
9250 */
|
|
|
9251 static int
|
|
|
9252 vim_backtick(p)
|
|
|
9253 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9254 {
|
|
|
9255 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
|
|
|
9256 }
|
|
|
9257
|
|
|
9258 /*
|
|
|
9259 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
|
|
|
9260 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
|
|
|
9261 * Returns number of file names found.
|
|
|
9262 */
|
|
|
9263 static int
|
|
|
9264 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
|
|
|
9265 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
9266 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
9267 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
|
|
|
9268 {
|
|
|
9269 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9270 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
9271 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
9272 int cnt = 0;
|
|
|
9273 int i;
|
|
|
9274
|
|
|
9275 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
|
|
|
9276 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
|
|
|
9277 if (cmd == NULL)
|
|
|
9278 return 0;
|
|
|
9279
|
|
|
9280 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
9281 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
|
|
714
|
9282 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9283 else
|
|
|
9284 #endif
|
|
24
|
9285 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
|
|
|
9286 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
|
|
7
|
9287 vim_free(cmd);
|
|
|
9288 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
9289 return 0;
|
|
|
9290
|
|
|
9291 cmd = buffer;
|
|
|
9292 while (*cmd != NUL)
|
|
|
9293 {
|
|
|
9294 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
|
|
|
9295 p = cmd;
|
|
|
9296 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
|
|
|
9297 ++p;
|
|
|
9298 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
|
|
|
9299 if (p > cmd)
|
|
|
9300 {
|
|
|
9301 i = *p;
|
|
|
9302 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
9303 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
|
|
|
9304 *p = i;
|
|
|
9305 ++cnt;
|
|
|
9306 }
|
|
|
9307 cmd = p;
|
|
|
9308 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
|
|
|
9309 ++cmd;
|
|
|
9310 }
|
|
|
9311
|
|
|
9312 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
9313 return cnt;
|
|
|
9314 }
|
|
|
9315 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
|
|
|
9316
|
|
|
9317 /*
|
|
|
9318 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
|
|
|
9319 * EW_DIR add directories
|
|
|
9320 * EW_FILE add files
|
|
716
|
9321 * EW_EXEC add executable files
|
|
7
|
9322 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
|
|
|
9323 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
|
|
|
9324 */
|
|
|
9325 void
|
|
|
9326 addfile(gap, f, flags)
|
|
|
9327 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
9328 char_u *f; /* filename */
|
|
|
9329 int flags;
|
|
|
9330 {
|
|
|
9331 char_u *p;
|
|
|
9332 int isdir;
|
|
|
9333
|
|
|
9334 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
|
|
|
9335 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
|
|
|
9336 return;
|
|
|
9337
|
|
|
9338 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
|
|
|
9339 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
|
|
|
9340 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
|
|
|
9341 return;
|
|
|
9342 #endif
|
|
|
9343
|
|
|
9344 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
|
|
|
9345 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
|
|
|
9346 return;
|
|
|
9347
|
|
716
|
9348 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
|
|
|
9349 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
|
|
|
9350 return;
|
|
|
9351
|
|
7
|
9352 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
|
|
|
9353 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
9354 return;
|
|
|
9355
|
|
|
9356 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
|
|
|
9357 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
9358 return;
|
|
|
9359
|
|
|
9360 STRCPY(p, f);
|
|
|
9361 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
9362 slash_adjust(p);
|
|
|
9363 #endif
|
|
|
9364 /*
|
|
|
9365 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
|
|
|
9366 */
|
|
|
9367 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
|
|
|
9368 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
|
|
|
9369 add_pathsep(p);
|
|
|
9370 #endif
|
|
|
9371 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
|
|
|
9372 }
|
|
|
9373 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
|
|
|
9374
|
|
|
9375 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
9376
|
|
|
9377 #ifndef SEEK_SET
|
|
|
9378 # define SEEK_SET 0
|
|
|
9379 #endif
|
|
|
9380 #ifndef SEEK_END
|
|
|
9381 # define SEEK_END 2
|
|
|
9382 #endif
|
|
|
9383
|
|
|
9384 /*
|
|
|
9385 * Get the stdout of an external command.
|
|
|
9386 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
|
|
|
9387 */
|
|
|
9388 char_u *
|
|
24
|
9389 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
|
|
7
|
9390 char_u *cmd;
|
|
24
|
9391 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
|
|
7
|
9392 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
|
|
|
9393 {
|
|
|
9394 char_u *tempname;
|
|
|
9395 char_u *command;
|
|
|
9396 char_u *buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
9397 int len;
|
|
|
9398 int i = 0;
|
|
|
9399 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
9400
|
|
|
9401 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
|
|
|
9402 return NULL;
|
|
|
9403
|
|
|
9404 /* get a name for the temp file */
|
|
|
9405 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
|
|
|
9406 {
|
|
|
9407 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
|
9408 return NULL;
|
|
|
9409 }
|
|
|
9410
|
|
|
9411 /* Add the redirection stuff */
|
|
24
|
9412 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
|
|
7
|
9413 if (command == NULL)
|
|
|
9414 goto done;
|
|
|
9415
|
|
|
9416 /*
|
|
|
9417 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
|
|
|
9418 * Don't check timestamps here.
|
|
|
9419 */
|
|
|
9420 ++no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
9421 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
|
|
|
9422 --no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
9423
|
|
|
9424 vim_free(command);
|
|
|
9425
|
|
|
9426 /*
|
|
|
9427 * read the names from the file into memory
|
|
|
9428 */
|
|
|
9429 # ifdef VMS
|
|
1224
|
9430 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
|
|
7
|
9431 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
|
|
|
9432 # else
|
|
|
9433 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
|
|
|
9434 # endif
|
|
|
9435
|
|
|
9436 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
9437 {
|
|
|
9438 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
|
|
|
9439 goto done;
|
|
|
9440 }
|
|
|
9441
|
|
|
9442 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
|
|
|
9443 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
|
|
|
9444 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
9445
|
|
|
9446 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
9447 if (buffer != NULL)
|
|
|
9448 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
|
|
|
9449 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
9450 mch_remove(tempname);
|
|
|
9451 if (buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
9452 goto done;
|
|
|
9453 #ifdef VMS
|
|
|
9454 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
|
|
|
9455 #endif
|
|
|
9456 if (i != len)
|
|
|
9457 {
|
|
|
9458 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
|
|
|
9459 vim_free(buffer);
|
|
|
9460 buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
9461 }
|
|
|
9462 else
|
|
|
9463 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
|
|
|
9464
|
|
|
9465 done:
|
|
|
9466 vim_free(tempname);
|
|
|
9467 return buffer;
|
|
|
9468 }
|
|
|
9469 #endif
|
|
|
9470
|
|
|
9471 /*
|
|
|
9472 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
|
|
|
9473 * functions.
|
|
|
9474 */
|
|
|
9475 void
|
|
|
9476 FreeWild(count, files)
|
|
|
9477 int count;
|
|
|
9478 char_u **files;
|
|
|
9479 {
|
|
838
|
9480 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
|
|
7
|
9481 return;
|
|
|
9482 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
|
|
|
9483 /*
|
|
|
9484 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
|
|
|
9485 * been used???
|
|
|
9486 */
|
|
|
9487 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
|
|
|
9488 #else
|
|
|
9489 while (count--)
|
|
|
9490 vim_free(files[count]);
|
|
|
9491 vim_free(files);
|
|
|
9492 #endif
|
|
|
9493 }
|
|
|
9494
|
|
|
9495 /*
|
|
|
9496 * return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
|
|
|
9497 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
|
|
|
9498 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
|
|
|
9499 */
|
|
|
9500 int
|
|
|
9501 goto_im()
|
|
|
9502 {
|
|
|
9503 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
|
|
|
9504 }
|
